[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025113249A1 - Channel information determination method and apparatus, and readable storage medium - Google Patents

Channel information determination method and apparatus, and readable storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025113249A1
WO2025113249A1 PCT/CN2024/132966 CN2024132966W WO2025113249A1 WO 2025113249 A1 WO2025113249 A1 WO 2025113249A1 CN 2024132966 W CN2024132966 W CN 2024132966W WO 2025113249 A1 WO2025113249 A1 WO 2025113249A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
satellite
signals
signal
time
satellite device
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2024/132966
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李科新
于天航
孔垂丽
罗禾佳
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Publication of WO2025113249A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025113249A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L25/00Baseband systems
    • H04L25/02Details ; arrangements for supplying electrical power along data transmission lines
    • H04L25/0202Channel estimation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/14Relay systems
    • H04B7/15Active relay systems
    • H04B7/185Space-based or airborne stations; Stations for satellite systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/14Relay systems
    • H04B7/15Active relay systems
    • H04B7/185Space-based or airborne stations; Stations for satellite systems
    • H04B7/1851Systems using a satellite or space-based relay
    • H04B7/18513Transmission in a satellite or space-based system
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L25/00Baseband systems
    • H04L25/02Details ; arrangements for supplying electrical power along data transmission lines
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/0014Carrier regulation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/0014Carrier regulation
    • H04L2027/0024Carrier regulation at the receiver end
    • H04L2027/0026Correction of carrier offset

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a method and device for determining channel information and a readable storage medium.
  • NTN non-terrestrial networks
  • LEO low earth orbit
  • UE user equipment
  • multiple satellite devices can communicate with UEs. For example, when signals transmitted by multiple satellite devices reach UEs, the corresponding time-frequency resources may overlap. However, due to the long communication distance between the satellite device and the UE, the signals transmitted between different satellite devices and the UE may be subject to greater interference, which may result in inaccurate channel information obtained based on these signals subject to greater interference (such as channel information obtained through channel estimation). Inaccurate channel information will lead to poor anti-interference ability of subsequent signal transmission between the satellite device and the terminal, which will in turn lead to a decrease in system throughput performance. Based on this, how to improve the accuracy of the acquired channel information has become an urgent problem to be solved.
  • the present application provides a channel information determination method, device and readable storage medium, which are used to improve the accuracy of acquired channel information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining channel information, which can be performed by a terminal device.
  • the terminal device can be a terminal device or a chip (or chip system) inside the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives K1 first signals from the first satellite device.
  • K1 is a positive integer greater than 1
  • the phase offset value between two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals is a first phase offset value
  • the first phase offset value is associated with the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device based on the first phase offset value and part or all of the K1 first signals.
  • the terminal device can reduce the influence of the frequency offset of the signal on the accuracy of channel estimation by setting the first phase offset value when performing channel estimation, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information obtained through channel estimation.
  • the phase of part or all of the K1 first signals can be adjusted so that when channel estimation is subsequently performed based on part or all of the K1 first signals, the interference part in the channel estimation formula can be reduced or eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of channel estimation and then improving the accuracy of channel information obtained through channel estimation.
  • the terminal device may receive signals from N satellite devices on the same time-frequency resources.
  • N is an integer greater than 2.
  • the time-frequency resources occupied by signals sent by any two satellite devices among the N satellite devices may overlap or may not overlap at the transmitting end.
  • the time-frequency resources corresponding to the signals of each satellite device among the N satellite devices when they arrive at the terminal device include the first time-frequency resources, and the first time-frequency resources belong to a subset or a full set of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the K1 first signals when they arrive at the terminal device.
  • the corresponding time-frequency resources after the signals of the N satellite devices are transmitted to the terminal device may overlap (or the time-frequency resources occupied by the signals of the N satellite devices at the receiving end at least partially overlap). In this way, there may be interference between the signals of the N satellite devices.
  • the first satellite device and the second satellite device both belong to the N satellite devices.
  • the terminal device also receives K2 second signals from the second satellite device, where K2 is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the first phase offset value is associated with a first frequency difference
  • the first frequency difference is the difference in frequency offsets that occur when the signal of the first satellite device and the signal of the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device. Since the signal of the second satellite device may interfere with the signal of the first satellite device, and since the first phase offset value is associated with the first frequency difference, the setting of the first phase offset value can take into account the impact of the frequency offset of the signal of the second satellite device during the transmission process on the signal of the first satellite device, and then the setting of the first phase offset value can be more reasonable, and then in the subsequent channel estimation process, the interference caused by the signal of the second satellite device can be better eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.
  • the first phase offset value, the second phase offset value and the first frequency difference are associated, and the second phase offset value is the phase offset value between two second signals adjacent in the time domain among the K2 second signals sent by the second satellite device.
  • the second phase offset value is zero or non-zero. Since the setting of the first phase offset value can take into account the influence of the frequency offset of the signal of the second satellite device during the transmission process on the signal of the first satellite device, the setting of the first phase offset value can be more reasonable, and then in the subsequent channel estimation process, the interference caused by the signal of the second satellite device can be better eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.
  • the first phase offset value is ⁇ 1 ; the second phase offset value is ⁇ 2 , ⁇ D1,2 is the difference in phase offset values when the signal of the first satellite device and the signal of the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device, ⁇ is a constant, q 1 is a positive integer, and N is the number of N satellite devices communicating with the terminal device. In one possible implementation, the value of q 1 is an odd number. Based on this formula, the interference caused by the signal of the second satellite device can be better eliminated in the subsequent channel estimation process, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.
  • the terminal device sends information indicating a first frequency difference, and the first frequency difference is used to determine a first phase offset value.
  • the first satellite device can determine the first frequency difference based on the information indicating the first frequency difference, and then determine the first phase offset value based on the first frequency difference.
  • the terminal device sends the location information of the terminal device, and the location information is used to determine the first phase offset value.
  • the first satellite device can determine the first phase offset value based on the location information of the terminal device.
  • the first phase offset value can also be updated later as the location information of the terminal device is updated.
  • the first phase offset value determined by this solution can be more reasonable, and then in the subsequent channel estimation process, the interference caused by the signal of the second satellite device can be better eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.
  • the terminal device receives information indicating a first phase offset value, and determines the first phase offset value according to the information indicating the first phase offset value.
  • the terminal device can receive information indicating the first phase offset value, and then can better eliminate interference caused by the signal of the second satellite device in a subsequent channel estimation process based on the first phase offset value, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.
  • the terminal device obtains the first frequency difference, and determines the first phase offset value according to the first frequency difference.
  • the terminal device can calculate the first phase offset value by itself, which can reduce signaling overhead.
  • At least one of the following parameters is adjustable: the first phase offset value, the second phase offset value, the value of K1, or the value of K2.
  • K1 first signals are sent by the first satellite device at K1 time units
  • K2 second signals are sent by the second satellite device at K2 time units.
  • the value of K2 and/or the value of K1 are associated with a first time difference
  • the first time difference is determined according to the difference between the time when the K1 first signals and the K2 second signals respectively arrive at the terminal device.
  • the number of time units occupied by the signal sent by the first satellite device and/or the number of time units occupied by the signal sent by the second satellite device can be associated with the time difference. In this way, by adjusting the value of K1 and/or K2, interference can be better eliminated in the subsequent channel estimation process, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.
  • the terminal device may receive information indicating K1 time units and/or information indicating K2 time units. In this way, the terminal device may receive signals in corresponding time units.
  • K1 is equal to or greater than N
  • K2 is equal to or greater than N
  • N is the number of N satellite devices communicating with the terminal device.
  • K1 is equal to or greater than (N+1)
  • K2 is equal to or greater than (N+1).
  • the values of K1 and/or K2 can be determined based on the difference between the times when K1 first signals and K2 second signals respectively arrive at the terminal device, and then the setting of the values of K1 and/or K2 can be more reasonable, thereby avoiding the situation where the number of time units occupied by the signal is small.
  • interference can be better eliminated in the subsequent channel estimation process, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.
  • the first time unit of the K1 time units and the first time unit of the K2 time units may have no offset, or be understood as having an offset of zero.
  • an offset is included between the unit and the first time unit of the K2 time units, and the offset is used to make the difference between the time when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device respectively arrive at the terminal device less than or equal to the duration of one time unit.
  • the difference between the time when the K1 first signals and the K2 second signals respectively arrive at the terminal device can be adjusted, and then the difference can be adjusted to a more reasonable range, and then the interference can be better eliminated in the subsequent channel estimation process by setting the values of K1 and/or K2, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.
  • the start transmission time of the K1 first signals and the start transmission time of the K2 second signals may be the same or different.
  • the difference between the start transmission time of the K1 first signals and the start transmission time of the K2 second signals is the second time difference
  • the second time difference is used to make the difference between the time when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device respectively less than or equal to the duration of a time unit.
  • the difference between the time when the K1 first signals and the K2 second signals arrive at the terminal device respectively can be adjusted, and then the difference can be adjusted to a more reasonable range, and then the interference can be better eliminated in the subsequent channel estimation process by setting the value of K1 and/or K2, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.
  • there may be an offset or no offset between the first time unit of the K1 time unit and the K2 time unit for example, the K1 time unit and the K2 time unit can both be the first three symbols in time slot #1.
  • the K1 first signals include K3 first signals, K3 is a positive integer less than or equal to K1, and the time-frequency resources corresponding to each of the K3 first signals when arriving at the terminal device are a subset or a full set of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the K2 second signals when arriving at the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device based on the K3 first signals.
  • any one of the K3 first signals is interfered with by the signal from the second satellite device during transmission, and then the interference from the second satellite device to the K3 first signals can present a certain regularity, and then the interference can be better eliminated in the subsequent channel estimation process based on the regularity, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.
  • the terminal device determines a correction value corresponding to the first signal according to the phase of the first signal for the first signal among the K3 first signals.
  • the terminal device determines the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device according to the K3 first signals and the correction value corresponding to the first signal among the K3 first signals.
  • the correction value can compensate for the phase of the first signal, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.
  • the existence of the correction value can eliminate the interference in the channel estimation formula as much as possible, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a channel information determination method, which can be performed by a first satellite device.
  • the first satellite device can be a satellite device or a chip (or chip system) inside the satellite device.
  • the first satellite device obtains a first phase offset value corresponding to K1 first signals.
  • K1 is a positive integer greater than 1
  • the first phase offset value is a phase offset value between two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals, and the first phase offset value is associated with a value of a frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device.
  • the first satellite device sends K1 first signals.
  • the terminal device can reduce the influence of the frequency offset of the signal on the accuracy of channel estimation by setting the first phase offset value when performing channel estimation, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information obtained through channel estimation.
  • the first phase offset value is associated with the first frequency difference
  • the first frequency difference is the difference in frequency offsets that occur when the signals of the second satellite device and the first satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device.
  • the first phase offset value, the second phase offset value and the first frequency difference are associated
  • the second phase offset value is the phase offset value between two second signals that are adjacent in the time domain among K2 second signals sent by the second satellite device, and K2 is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the first satellite device receives information indicating a first frequency difference, and determines a first phase offset value according to the first frequency difference.
  • the first satellite device receives location information of the terminal device, and determines the first phase offset value according to the location information.
  • the first satellite device sends information indicating the first phase offset value; and/or; for example, the first satellite device may send information indicating the first phase offset value to the terminal device.
  • the first satellite device sends information indicating the second phase offset value.
  • the first satellite device may send information indicating the second phase offset value to the terminal device.
  • the first satellite device may send information indicating the second phase offset value to the second satellite device, so that the second satellite device sends a signal according to the second phase offset value.
  • At least one of the following parameters is adjustable: the first phase offset value, the second phase offset value, the value of K1, or the value of K2.
  • the K1 first signals are sent by the first satellite device at K1 time units
  • the K2 second signals are sent by the second satellite device at K2 time units.
  • the first satellite device determines the K1 time units and/or the K2 time units, and the value of K2 and/or the value of K1 is associated with a first time difference, and the first time difference is determined according to the difference between the time when the K1 first signals and the K2 second signals respectively arrive at the terminal device.
  • the first satellite device sends information indicating K1 time units; and/or, for example, the first satellite device may send information indicating K1 time units to the terminal device.
  • the first satellite device sends information indicating K2 time units.
  • the first satellite device may send information indicating K2 time units to the terminal device.
  • the first satellite device may send information indicating K2 time units to the second satellite device, so that the second satellite device sends a signal in the K2 time units.
  • K1 is equal to or greater than N
  • K2 is equal to or greater than N
  • N is the number of N satellite devices communicating with the terminal device.
  • K1 is equal to or greater than (N+1)
  • K2 is equal to or greater than (N+1).
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a channel information determination method, which can be performed by a second satellite device.
  • the second satellite device can be a satellite device or a chip (or chip system) inside the satellite device.
  • the second satellite device can obtain the second phase offset value corresponding to K2 second signals.
  • K2 is a positive integer greater than 1
  • the second phase offset value is the phase offset value between two second signals adjacent in the time domain among the K2 second signals
  • the second phase offset value is associated with the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the second satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device.
  • the second satellite device sends K2 second signals.
  • the terminal device can reduce the influence of the frequency offset of the signal on the accuracy of channel estimation by setting the first phase offset value when performing channel estimation, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information obtained through channel estimation.
  • the second phase offset value is associated with a first frequency difference, where the first frequency difference is a difference in frequency offsets that occur when a signal from the first satellite device and a signal from the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device.
  • the first phase offset value, the second phase offset value and the first frequency difference are associated, the first phase offset value is the phase offset value between two first signals adjacent in the time domain among K1 first signals sent by the first satellite device, and K1 is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the second satellite device receives information indicating the second phase offset value. In a possible implementation manner, the second satellite device receives information indicating K2 time units.
  • a communication device which may be the aforementioned terminal device, the first satellite device, or the second satellite device.
  • the communication device may include a communication unit and a processing unit to perform any aspect of the first to third aspects above, or to perform any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
  • the communication unit is used to perform functions related to sending and receiving.
  • the communication unit may be referred to as a transceiver unit.
  • the communication unit includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the communication device is a communication chip
  • the processing unit may be one or more processors or processor cores
  • the communication unit may be an input/output circuit, an input/output interface, or an antenna port of the communication chip.
  • the communication unit may be a transmitter and a receiver, or the communication unit may be a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the communication device also includes various modules that can be used to execute any aspect of the first to third aspects above, or execute any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
  • a communication device which may be the aforementioned terminal device, the first satellite device, or the second satellite device.
  • the communication device may include a processor and a memory to execute any one of the first to third aspects, or any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
  • a transceiver is further included, the memory is used to store a computer program or instruction, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program or instruction from the memory, and when the processor executes the computer program or instruction in the memory, the communication device executes any one of the first to third aspects, or any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
  • processors there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.
  • the transceiver may include a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a communication device which may be the aforementioned terminal device, the first satellite device, or the second satellite device.
  • the communication device may include a processor to execute any aspect of the first to third aspects, or any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
  • the processor executes any aspect of the first to third aspects, or any possible implementation of the first to third aspects, through a logic circuit or by executing a computer program or instruction in a memory.
  • the processor is coupled to the memory.
  • the communication device also includes a memory.
  • the communication device also includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface when the communication device is a terminal device, a first satellite device, or a second satellite device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip or the chip system, etc.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • a system comprising the above-mentioned terminal device.
  • the system may further include a first satellite device and/or a second satellite device.
  • a computer program product which includes: a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions), which, when executed, enables a computer to execute any one of the first to third aspects described above, or any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or instructions
  • a computer-readable storage medium which stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions).
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or instructions.
  • the computer program When the computer program is run on a computer, the computer executes any one of the first to third aspects above, or executes any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.
  • a processing device comprising: an interface circuit and a processing circuit.
  • the interface circuit may include an input circuit and an output circuit.
  • the processing circuit is used to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that any aspect of the first to third aspects above, or any possible implementation of the first to third aspects is implemented.
  • the above-mentioned processing device can be a chip
  • the input circuit can be an input pin
  • the output circuit can be an output pin
  • the processing circuit can be a transistor, a gate circuit, a trigger, and various logic circuits.
  • the input signal received by the input circuit can be, for example, but not limited to, received and input by a receiver
  • the signal output by the output circuit can be, for example, but not limited to, output to a transmitter and transmitted by the transmitter
  • the input circuit and the output circuit can be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times.
  • This application does not limit the specific implementation of the processor and various circuits.
  • the interface circuit may be a radio frequency processing chip in the terminal device, the first satellite device, or the second satellite device, and the processing circuit may be a baseband processing chip in the terminal device, the first satellite device, or the second satellite device.
  • the communication device may be a part of a terminal device, a first satellite device or a second satellite device, such as an integrated circuit product such as a system chip or a communication chip.
  • the interface circuit may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip or the chip system.
  • the processing circuit may be a logic circuit on the chip.
  • FIG1A is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG1B is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG2 is a possible flow chart of a method for determining channel information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG3A is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG3B is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG4 is a possible flow chart of another method for determining channel information provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5A is a possible example of a signal received by a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5B is a possible example of a signal received by a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG6 is a schematic diagram of an effect provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7 is a possible structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a possible structural diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the reference signal in the embodiment of the present application includes an uplink reference signal and a downlink reference signal.
  • An uplink reference signal refers to a signal sent by a terminal device, such as a signal sent by a terminal device to a network device via an uplink.
  • a downlink reference signal refers to a signal sent by a network device, such as a signal sent by a network device to a terminal device via a downlink.
  • the reference signal may include (or be) a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), a channel state information reference signal (CSI) reference signal (RS), a synchronization signal block (SSB), a synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (SS/PBCH block), or a tracking reference signal (TRS), a phase tracking reference signal (PTRS), a cell reference signal (CRS), a sounding reference signal (SRS), etc.
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • CSI channel state information reference signal
  • SSB synchronization signal block
  • SS/PBCH block synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block
  • TRS tracking reference signal
  • PTRS phase tracking reference signal
  • CRS cell reference signal
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • the resources in the embodiments of the present application may include time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources.
  • Time domain resources may include at least one of a radio frame, a subframe, a slot, a mini slot, or an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol.
  • a time unit may include a radio frame, a subframe, a slot, a mini slot, or an OFDM symbol.
  • a time unit may also include resources composed of multiple radio frames, multiple subframes, multiple slots, multiple mini slots, or multiple OFDM symbols.
  • a radio frame may include multiple subframes
  • a subframe may include one or more slots
  • a slot may include at least one symbol.
  • a radio frame may include multiple slots
  • a slot may include at least one symbol.
  • an OFDM symbol may also be referred to as a symbol.
  • Frequency domain resources may include at least one of a resource element (RE), a resource block (RB), a channel, a sub-channel, a carrier, or a bandwidth part (BWP).
  • a frequency domain unit may include an RE, an RB, a channel, a sub-channel, a carrier, or a bandwidth part (BWP), etc.
  • a frequency domain unit may also include resources composed of multiple REs or multiple RBs or multiple sub-channels or multiple carriers or multiple BWPs.
  • a channel may be equivalently replaced by a resource block set (RB set), and the frequency domain bandwidth of an RB set may be 20 megahertz (MHz).
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: ground communication system, NTN communication system, such as satellite communication system.
  • the satellite communication system can be integrated with the mobile communication system.
  • the mobile communication system can be a fourth generation (4th Generation, 4G) communication system (for example, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system), a world-wide interoperability for microwave access (worldwide interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX) communication system, a fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) communication system (for example, a new wireless (new radio, NR) system), and future mobile communication systems.
  • the mobile communication system can also be a vehicle to everything (V2X) system and an Internet of Things (IoT) system.
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B exemplarily illustrate schematic diagrams of network architectures of several communication systems applicable to embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication system may include satellites, network devices, and terminal devices, etc.
  • the communication system may also include gateways and core network devices.
  • FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B exemplarily illustrate the converged network architecture of NTN and terrestrial networks.
  • the satellite may be a highly elliptical orbiting (HEO) satellite, a GEO satellite, a medium earth orbit (MEO) satellite, and a low earth orbit (LEO) satellite.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the working mode of the satellite.
  • the working mode of the satellite may be a transparent mode or a regenerative mode.
  • FIG. 1A illustrates the working mode of the satellite as a transparent mode
  • FIG. 1B illustrates the working mode of the satellite as a regenerative mode.
  • the satellite When the satellite works in transparent mode, the satellite has the function of transparent forwarding of relay.
  • the gateway has the functions of a network device (such as a base station) or part of the functions of a network device (such as a base station).
  • the gateway can be regarded as a network device (such as a base station).
  • the network device (such as a base station) can be deployed separately from the gateway, then the delay of the feeder link includes the delay from the satellite to the gateway and the delay from the gateway to the gNB.
  • the transparent mode discussed later takes the case where the gateway and the gNB are together or close to each other as an example. For the case where the gateway and the gNB are far apart, the delay of the feeder link is the sum of the delay from the satellite to the gateway and the delay from the gateway to the gNB.
  • the satellite When the satellite operates in regenerative mode, it has data processing capabilities, the functions of a network device (such as a base station) or partial functions of a network device (such as a base station). At this time, the satellite can be regarded as a network device (such as a base station).
  • Satellites can communicate wirelessly with terminals by broadcasting communication signals and navigation signals.
  • each satellite can provide communication services, navigation services, and positioning services to terminal devices through multiple beams.
  • each satellite uses multiple beams to cover the service area, and the relationship between different beams can be one or more of time division, frequency division, and space division.
  • a gateway also called a ground station, earth station, gateway station, or gateway station
  • ground network devices such as ground base stations.
  • One or more satellites can be connected to one or more ground network devices (such as ground base stations) through one or more gateways, without limitation.
  • the link between the satellite and the terminal is called the service link, and the link between the satellite and the gateway is called the feeder link.
  • Network equipment can be deployed separately from the gateway, so the delay of the feeder link can include the delay from the satellite to the gateway and the delay from the gateway to the network equipment.
  • the network devices in the embodiments of the present application may include network devices deployed on satellites (such as satellite base stations), may include network devices deployed on gateways, and may include network devices deployed on the ground (such as ground base stations).
  • the network device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a radio access network (RAN) node.
  • the RAN may be an evolved universal terrestrial radio access (E-UTRA) system, an NR system, and a future radio access system defined in the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP).
  • the RAN may also include two or more of the above-mentioned different radio access systems.
  • the RAN may also be an open RAN (O-RAN).
  • RAN nodes also known as radio access network equipment, RAN entities or access nodes, are used to help terminals access the communication system wirelessly.
  • RAN nodes can be base stations (base stations), evolved NodeBs (eNodeBs), transmission reception points (TRPs), next generation NodeBs (gNBs) in the fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system, and base stations in future mobile communication systems.
  • RAN nodes can be macro base stations, micro base stations or indoor stations, and can also be relay nodes or donor nodes.
  • the cooperation of multiple RAN nodes can help the terminal achieve wireless access, and different RAN nodes respectively implement part of the functions of the base station.
  • the RAN node can be a centralized unit (CU), a distributed unit (DU) or a radio unit (RU).
  • the CU here completes the functions of the radio resource control protocol and the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) of the base station, and can also complete the function of the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP);
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • the DU completes the functions of the radio link control layer and the medium access control (MAC) layer of the base station, and can also complete the functions of part or all of the physical layer.
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • MAC medium access control
  • RU can be used to implement the transceiver function of the radio frequency signal.
  • CU and DU can be two independent RAN nodes, or they can be integrated in the same RAN node, such as integrated in the baseband unit (BBU).
  • the RU may be included in a radio frequency device, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) or an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • RRU remote radio unit
  • AAU active antenna unit
  • the CU may be further divided into two types of RAN nodes: CU-control plane and CU-user plane.
  • RAN nodes may have different names.
  • CU may be called an open CU (open CU, O-CU)
  • DU may be called an open DU (open DU, O-DU)
  • RU may be called an open RU (open RU, O-RU).
  • the RAN node in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by a software module, a hardware module, or a combination of a software module and a hardware module.
  • the RAN node may be a server loaded with a corresponding software module.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the RAN node. For ease of description, the following description takes a base station as an example of a RAN node.
  • Core network equipment core network, CN.
  • Core network equipment is a device that is installed on the ground and can communicate with NTN equipment in the NTN system.
  • CN equipment is a network element contained in the CN part of the mobile communication system.
  • CN equipment can connect terminal equipment to different data networks, and perform authentication, billing, mobility management, session management, policy control, user plane forwarding and other services.
  • CN equipment can be a CN device in a current mobile communication system (such as a 5th generation (5G) mobile communication system), or it can be a CN device in a future mobile communication system.
  • 5G 5th generation
  • the names of CN devices with the same functions may be different. However, the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific names of CN devices with each function.
  • the network element responsible for access control, security control, and signaling coordination is the mobility management entity (MME); the network element serving as the local mobility management anchor is the serving gateway (S-GW); the network element serving as the anchor for switching of the external data network and responsible for Internet protocol (IP) address allocation is the packet data network (PDN) gateway (P-GW); the network element storing user-related data and subscription data is the home subscriber server (HSS); the network element responsible for policy and charging functions is called the policy and charging rule function (PCRF) network element.
  • MME mobility management entity
  • S-GW serving gateway
  • IP Internet protocol
  • PDN gateway packet data network gateway
  • HSS home subscriber server
  • PCRF policy and charging rule function
  • the core network can be divided into a control plane (CP) and a user plane (UP).
  • CP control plane
  • UP user plane
  • the network elements responsible for the control plane function in the CN can be collectively referred to as control plane network elements
  • the network elements responsible for the user plane function can be collectively referred to as user plane network elements.
  • the network element that serves as the interface of the data network and is responsible for functions such as user plane data forwarding is a user plane function (UPF) network element.
  • UPF user plane function
  • the network element responsible for access control and mobility management functions is called access and mobility management function (AMF) network element; the network element responsible for session management and execution of control policies is called session management function (SMF) network element; the network element responsible for managing contract data, user access authorization and other functions is called unified data management (UDM) network element; the network element responsible for billing and policy control functions is called policy control function (PCF) network element; the application function (AF) network element is responsible for transmitting the requirements of the application side to the network side.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • UDM unified data management
  • PCF policy control function
  • AF application function
  • a terminal is a device with wireless transceiver function, which can send signals to a base station or receive signals from a base station.
  • a terminal can also be called a terminal device, user equipment (UE), mobile station, mobile terminal, etc.
  • Terminals can be widely used in various scenarios, such as device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), Internet of Things (IOT), virtual reality, augmented reality, industrial control, automatic driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation, smart city, etc.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • MTC machine-type communication
  • IOT Internet of Things
  • virtual reality augmented reality
  • industrial control automatic driving
  • telemedicine smart grid
  • smart furniture smart office
  • smart wear smart transportation
  • smart city etc.
  • a terminal can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a computer with wireless transceiver function, a wearable device, a vehicle, an airplane, a ship, a robot, a mechanical arm, a smart home device, etc.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the terminal.
  • the embodiments of the present application may also be applicable to other communication system architectures, such as an air-to-ground (ATG) communication system, which includes at least one network device and at least one high-altitude terminal.
  • the high-altitude terminal includes, for example, a high-altitude aircraft and an onboard terminal.
  • the satellites in the above-mentioned Figures 1A and 1B may also be replaced by other relay devices, such as other NTN devices such as a high altitude platform station (HAPS).
  • HAPS high altitude platform station
  • the communication system shown in Figure 1A or 1B is an example and does not limit the communication system to which the method provided in the embodiments of the present application is applicable.
  • Figure 2 exemplarily shows a possible flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication method provided in the present application may also be referred to as a method for determining channel information, for example.
  • the interaction between a terminal device, a network device, and a satellite device is introduced as an example in Figure 2.
  • Any one of the N satellite devices in the embodiment of the present application may be a satellite in Figure 1A or Figure 1B or a chip (or chip system) inside a satellite.
  • the terminal device may be a terminal in Figure 1A or Figure 1B or a chip (or chip system) inside a terminal.
  • the network device may be a network device in Figure 1A or Figure 1B or a chip (or chip system) inside a network device.
  • the method includes step 201 and step 202 .
  • Step 201 N satellite devices send signals.
  • the terminal device receives signals from N satellite devices, where N is a positive integer.
  • the satellite device can operate in a transparent transmission mode or a regeneration mode.
  • the signal sent by the satellite device may be generated by the satellite device, or the satellite device may receive a signal from the network device and send the signal (such as forwarding the signal or sending the signal after some processing) to the terminal device.
  • the network device can be integrated with the satellite device in the same device or deployed in different devices.
  • the network device and the satellite device are both deployed in (or are both) satellite base stations, in which case it can also be understood that the satellite device operates in a regeneration mode.
  • the network device may also belong to two devices with the satellite device, in which case it can also be understood that the satellite device operates in a transparent transmission mode.
  • the working modes of any two satellite devices among the N satellite devices may be the same or different.
  • the network device involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the network device in Figure 1A or Figure 1B or a chip (or chip system) inside a network device (such as an access network device).
  • Step 202 For a satellite device among the N satellite devices, the terminal device determines channel information between the satellite device and the terminal device according to part or all of the signal sent by the satellite device.
  • the N satellite devices may include the first satellite device.
  • the above step 201 may include: the terminal device receives K1 first signals from the first satellite device.
  • the above step 202 may include: the terminal device determines the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device based on part or all of the K1 first signals.
  • K1 is a positive integer greater than 1
  • the phase offset value between two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals is a first phase offset value.
  • the phase offset value between at least two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals is the first phase offset value
  • the phase offset value between every two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals is the first phase offset value.
  • the first phase offset value is associated with the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can reduce the influence of the frequency offset of the signal on the accuracy of channel estimation by setting the first phase offset value when performing channel estimation, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information obtained through channel estimation.
  • the phase of some or all of the K1 first signals can be adjusted so that when channel estimation is performed based on some or all of the K1 first signals, the interference in the channel estimation formula can be reduced or eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel estimation, and then improving the accuracy of the channel information obtained through the channel estimation.
  • the subsequent content will analyze in detail why the interference is reduced or eliminated in the calculation formula of the channel estimation through formulas, which will not be introduced here.
  • N in the embodiment of the present application may be an integer greater than 1.
  • N may be 2 or greater than 2.
  • the N satellite devices may be a first satellite device and a second satellite device. Or the N satellite devices may include a first satellite device, a second satellite device, and at least one other satellite device (such as a third satellite device).
  • the above step 201 may also include: the terminal device receives K2 second signals from the second satellite device.
  • the above step 202 may also include: the terminal device determines the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device based on part or all of the K2 second signals.
  • the time domain resources corresponding to the signals of N satellite devices when they arrive at the terminal device may at least partially overlap, and the frequency domain resources may at least partially overlap.
  • the time-frequency resources corresponding to the signal include the first time-frequency resources.
  • the first time-frequency resources are a subset or a full set of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the signal sent by each of the N satellite devices when it arrives at the terminal device.
  • the frequency domain resources of the signal may be sent with an offset, and the time domain resources may also be sent with an offset. Therefore, the time-frequency resources corresponding to the signal when it arrives at the terminal device may not completely overlap with the time-frequency resources occupied by the signal at the transmitting end, and may partially overlap or not overlap.
  • the time delay difference between the signals sent by different satellite devices and the terminal device may far exceed the cyclic prefix (CP), and the Doppler frequency shift difference between the signals sent by different satellite devices and the terminal device may be at the same order of magnitude as the subcarrier spacing, which may cause inter-symbol interference (ISI) in the time domain and inter-carrier interference (ICI) in the frequency domain when the signals sent by different satellite devices reach the terminal device.
  • ISI inter-symbol interference
  • ICI inter-carrier interference
  • the terminal device obtains the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device based on the signal from the first satellite device, since the signals sent by other satellite devices interfere with the signals of the first satellite device (such as ISI and/or ICI), the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device obtained by the terminal device may be inaccurate, which may lead to poor anti-interference ability of the signal transmission between the first satellite device and the terminal device, and then lead to a decrease in system throughput performance.
  • the signals sent by other satellite devices interfere with the signals of the first satellite device (such as ISI and/or ICI)
  • the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device obtained by the terminal device may be inaccurate, which may lead to poor anti-interference ability of the signal transmission between the first satellite device and the terminal device, and then lead to a decrease in system throughput performance.
  • the embodiments of the present application can provide some solutions for improving the accuracy of the channel information obtained by the terminal device.
  • the phase of the signal sent by the satellite device is adjustable.
  • the embodiments of the present application can adjust the phase of the signal sent by at least one satellite device (such as the first satellite device) to improve the accuracy of the channel information obtained by the terminal device.
  • the number of time units occupied by the signal sent by the first satellite device is also adjustable.
  • the time domain resource occupied by a signal is referred to as a time unit.
  • the number of time units occupied by the signal sent by at least one satellite device can be adjusted, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information acquired by the terminal device.
  • adjusting the number of time units occupied by the signal sent by the satellite device can also be replaced by: adjusting the number of signals sent by the satellite device.
  • the phase of the signal sent by the satellite device and the number of time units occupied by the signal can both be adjusted, or at least one of them can be adjusted.
  • a terminal device can communicate with N satellite devices, and the terminal device can determine the channel information between at least one of the N satellite devices and the terminal device.
  • the N satellite devices are taken as the first satellite device and the second satellite device for example for communication
  • the N satellite devices are taken as the first satellite device, the second satellite device and the third satellite device for example for communication.
  • FIG3A and FIG3B are only several possible examples.
  • the terminal device may also communicate with more other satellite devices or other devices, which are not shown in the figure.
  • the satellite devices shown in FIG3A and FIG3B (such as the first satellite device, the second satellite device and the third satellite device in FIG3B) can be the satellite in FIG1A or FIG1B or the chip (or chip system) inside the satellite.
  • Figure 4 exemplarily shows a possible flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a method for determining channel information.
  • Figure 4 can be regarded as a possible implementation of the embodiment provided in Figure 2, and the content of this embodiment can refer to the example provided in Figure 3A or 3B.
  • the relevant content of the network device, N satellite devices and terminal devices involved in Figure 4 can be referred to the description of Figure 2 above, and will not be repeated here.
  • N satellite devices include at least a first satellite device and a second satellite device.
  • one of the N satellite devices may be a primary satellite device, and the other satellite devices may be secondary satellite devices.
  • the primary satellite device may establish an RRC connection with the terminal device, and the secondary satellite device may cooperate with the primary satellite device to provide services for the terminal device.
  • the first satellite device may be regarded as the primary satellite device, and the other satellite devices (such as the second satellite device) may be regarded as secondary satellite devices.
  • the second satellite device may be regarded as the primary satellite device, and the other satellite devices (such as the first satellite device) may be regarded as secondary satellite devices.
  • the method includes step 401, step 402, step 403 and step 404.
  • the method will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
  • Step 401 The terminal device sends first information.
  • the first satellite device receives the first information.
  • the first information is used to determine the difference in signal transmission delay between the second satellite device and the first satellite device and the terminal device respectively.
  • the difference in signal transmission delays between any two satellite devices and the terminal device can be a subtrahend or a minuend.
  • the difference in signal transmission delays between the second satellite device and the first satellite device and the terminal device can be, for example, the difference obtained by subtracting the signal transmission delay between the second satellite device and the terminal device from the signal transmission delay between the first satellite device and the terminal device, or the difference obtained by subtracting the signal transmission delay between the first satellite device and the terminal device from the signal transmission delay between the second satellite device and the terminal device, or the absolute value of the difference in signal transmission delays between the second satellite device and the first satellite device and the terminal device.
  • the signal transmission delay between a satellite device (such as the first satellite device or the second satellite device) and the terminal device may include: the time required for the signal to be transmitted from the satellite device to the terminal device.
  • the content included in the first information may be in various situations, which are respectively introduced in Implementation A1 and Implementation A2 below.
  • the terminal device may determine the signal transmission delay between the first satellite device and the second satellite device and the terminal device respectively, and feed back the two signal transmission delays or the difference between the two signal transmission delays to the first satellite device.
  • the terminal device may send the location information of the terminal device to the first satellite device so that the first satellite device calculates the difference between the two signal transmission delays.
  • the first information includes information indicating a difference in signal transmission delay between the first satellite device and the second satellite device and the terminal device, respectively.
  • the terminal device may calculate the signal transmission delay between the first satellite device and the terminal device, and calculate the signal transmission delay between the second satellite device and the terminal device.
  • the first information may include information about the two signal transmission delays, or the first information includes information about the difference between the two signal transmission delays. If the first information received by the first satellite device includes information about the two signal transmission delays, the difference between the two signal transmission delays may be further calculated. If the first information received by the first satellite device includes information about the difference between the two signal transmission delays, the difference between the two signal transmission delays may be determined from the first information.
  • the terminal device may have multiple implementations to calculate the signal transmission delay between a satellite device (such as a first satellite device or a second satellite device) and the terminal device.
  • a satellite device such as a first satellite device or a second satellite device
  • the first satellite device may send a signal (such as a synchronization signal block (SSB)), and the terminal device measures the SSB from the first satellite device to obtain the signal transmission delay between the first satellite device and the terminal device.
  • the second satellite device may send a signal (such as an SSB), and the terminal device measures the SSB from the second satellite device to obtain the signal transmission delay between the second satellite device and the terminal device.
  • SSB synchronization signal block
  • the above example is introduced by taking the first satellite device and the second satellite device among N satellite devices as examples.
  • the N satellite devices may also include other satellite devices, such as a third satellite device.
  • the first information may include information for indicating T0 signal transmission delay differences, where T0 is a positive integer, and T0 may be 1 or greater than 1. Any one of the T0 signal transmission delay differences may include information on the difference in signal transmission delays between two satellite devices (such as the first satellite device and the second satellite device) among the N satellite devices and the terminal device, respectively.
  • the N satellite devices may correspond to at most (N*(N-1)/2) signal transmission delay differences, where * represents multiplication, / represents division, and T0 is not greater than (N*(N-1)/2).
  • the information for indicating the signal transmission delay difference may include information on the signal transmission delay difference, or include two signal transmission delays for calculating the signal transmission delay difference.
  • the way in which the terminal device obtains the difference in signal transmission delay between two satellite devices among N satellite devices and the terminal device can refer to the aforementioned solution in which the terminal device determines the difference in signal transmission delay between the first satellite device and the second satellite device and the terminal device, and will not be repeated here.
  • the first information includes location information of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may obtain the location information of the terminal device in some manner, such as obtaining the location information of the terminal device through a global navigation satellite system (GNSS).
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • the terminal device may obtain the location information of the terminal device through some solutions for positioning the terminal device.
  • the signal transmission delay between the first satellite device and the terminal device can be determined based on the ephemeris information of the first satellite device and the location information of the terminal device. Further, the first satellite device can also determine the signal transmission delay between the second satellite device and the terminal device based on the ephemeris information of the second satellite device and the location information of the terminal device. Afterwards, the first satellite device can use the difference between the two signal transmission delays as the difference between the signal transmission delays between the first satellite device and the second satellite device and the terminal device, respectively.
  • the first satellite device when N satellite devices communicate with a terminal device, and the N satellite devices include other satellite devices (such as a third satellite device) in addition to the first satellite device and the second satellite device, the first satellite device can also calculate more signal transmission delay differences.
  • the first satellite device can calculate T0 signal transmission delay differences.
  • the scheme for the first satellite device to calculate the signal transmission delay difference based on the location information of the terminal device can refer to the aforementioned scheme for the first satellite device to determine the difference in signal transmission delays between the first satellite device and the second satellite device and the terminal device, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first satellite device determines the number of time units occupied by the signal to be transmitted by the first satellite device.
  • Step 402 may be replaced by: the first satellite device determines the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the first satellite device and/or the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the second satellite device.
  • the time domain resource occupied by a signal is referred to as a time unit.
  • the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent can also be replaced by: the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent, and the two are equal.
  • the concept of a time unit is described above and will not be repeated.
  • some contents in the embodiment of the present application are introduced by taking a time unit as a symbol as an example.
  • the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent determined by the first satellite device is represented as K1, K1 is a positive integer, and step 402 can also be understood as: the first satellite device determines the value of K1.
  • the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the first satellite device may be associated with the first time difference.
  • the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the second satellite device may be associated with the first time difference.
  • K1 first signals are sent by the first satellite device on K1 time units
  • K2 second signals are sent by the second satellite device on K2 time units
  • the value of K2 and/or the value of K1 are associated with the first time difference.
  • the K1 time units are symbol #0, symbol #1, and symbol #2 of time slot #1
  • the K2 time units may be symbol #0, symbol #1, and symbol #2 of time slot #1
  • the K2 time units may be symbol #1, symbol #2, and symbol #3 of time slot #1.
  • the K1 time units may be K1 time units that are continuous in the time domain
  • the K2 time units may be K2 time units that are continuous in the time domain.
  • it may be described as that, for a satellite device among the N satellite devices, the time units occupied by multiple signals (such as signals that can be used for channel estimation) sent by the satellite device are continuous.
  • the first time difference is determined according to the difference between the times at which the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device respectively arrive at the terminal device.
  • the N satellite devices may be the first satellite device and the second satellite device, or the N satellite devices may include the first satellite device, the second satellite device, and at least one other satellite device (such as the third satellite device).
  • the first time difference is the difference between the time when the signals to be sent from any two satellite devices in the N satellite devices arrive at the terminal device.
  • the first time difference is the difference between the time when K1 first signals from the first satellite device and K2 second signals from the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device.
  • N satellite devices may include a first satellite device, a second satellite device, and at least one other satellite device (such as a third satellite device).
  • the N satellite devices correspond to multiple third time differences, and any third time difference among the multiple third time differences is the difference between the time when the signals to be sent from any two satellite devices among the N satellite devices arrive at the terminal device respectively.
  • the first time difference may be one of the multiple third time differences, for example, it may be the maximum value among the multiple third time differences.
  • the difference between the time when K1 first signals of the first satellite device and K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device respectively is the maximum value among these third time differences
  • the first time difference is the difference between the time when K1 first signals of the first satellite device and K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device respectively.
  • the first time difference being the difference between the time when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device.
  • the difference between the time when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device can be determined based on the signal transmission delay between the two satellite devices and the terminal device. Two possible implementations are exemplarily introduced below through Example 1 and Example 2.
  • Example 1 The signal transmission delay between the first satellite device and the terminal device is signal transmission delay #1, and the signal transmission delay between the second satellite device and the terminal device is signal transmission delay #2. If K1 time units and K2 time units are completely overlapped in the time domain, for example, K1 time units are symbol #2, symbol #3 and symbol #4 in time slot #1, and K2 time units are symbol #2, symbol #3 and symbol #4 in time slot #1, the first time difference corresponding to the first satellite device and the second satellite device is the signal transmission delay difference between the two satellite devices and the terminal device respectively, for example, the first time difference is the difference between signal transmission delay #1 and signal transmission delay #2.
  • Example 2 K1 time units and K2 time units are not completely overlapping in the time domain.
  • the first time difference corresponding to the first satellite device and the second satellite device can also be calculated based on the signal transmission delay difference between the two satellite devices and the terminal device respectively.
  • K1 time units are symbol #1, symbol #2 and symbol #3 in time slot #1
  • K2 time units are symbol #2, symbol #3 and symbol #4 in time slot #1.
  • the first time difference corresponding to the first satellite device and the second satellite device is the signal transmission delay difference between the two satellite devices and the terminal device respectively plus the duration occupied by one symbol.
  • the first time difference is the difference between signal transmission delay #1 and signal transmission delay #2 plus the duration occupied by one symbol.
  • the first time difference is taken as the difference between the time when K1 first signals of the first satellite device and K2 second signals of the second satellite device respectively arrive at the terminal device, and the scheme of the number of time units occupied by the to-be-sent signal determined by the first satellite device is exemplified by implementation mode B1 and implementation mode B2.
  • the K1 time unit may completely overlap, partially overlap, or not overlap with the K2 time unit.
  • K1 is equal to or greater than N.
  • N is the number of satellite devices.
  • K1 is the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the first satellite device, or is the number of signals to be sent by the first satellite device.
  • the first satellite device may also determine that K2 is equal to or greater than N. In another possible implementation, the first satellite device may determine that the values of K1 and K2 are equal.
  • the first time difference is less than or equal to the duration occupied by the CP: when N is 2 (for example, the N satellite devices include the first satellite device and the second satellite device), the value of K1 is 2; when N is 3 (for example, the N satellite devices include the first satellite device, the second satellite device and the third satellite device), the value of K1 is 3.
  • K1 is equal to or greater than (N+1).
  • the first satellite device determines that K2 is equal to or greater than (N+1) when the first time difference is greater than the duration of CP occupancy and the first time difference is less than or equal to the duration of one time unit. In another possible implementation, the first satellite device may determine that the values of K1 and K2 are equal.
  • the first time difference is greater than the duration occupied by the CP, and the first time difference is less than or equal to the duration of a time unit: when N is 2 (for example, the N satellite devices include the first satellite device and the second satellite device), the value of K1 is 3; when N is 3 (for example, the N satellite devices include the first satellite device, the second satellite device and the third satellite device), the value of K1 is 4.
  • the difference between the time when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device is greater than the duration of one time unit.
  • the first satellite device may adjust the sending time of the signal to be sent by the first satellite device and/or the second satellite device, and/or adjust the time unit occupied by the signal to be sent by the first satellite device and/or the second satellite device, so that the difference between the time when the adjusted K1 first signals and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device is less than or equal to the duration of one time unit.
  • the first satellite device may use the difference between the time when the adjusted K1 first signals and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device as the first time difference, and then determine the value of K1 and/or the value of K2 according to the first time difference (the relevant scheme can be referred to the aforementioned implementation B1 and implementation B2, which will not be repeated).
  • the first satellite device may adjust the time unit occupied by the signals to be sent by the first satellite device and/or the second satellite device.
  • the first satellite device may adjust the sending time of the signals to be sent by the first satellite device and/or the second satellite device.
  • Implementation C1 and Implementation C2 may be used in combination, for example, the first satellite device may adjust the sending time of the signals to be sent by the first satellite device and/or the second satellite device, and adjust the time unit occupied by the signals to be sent by the first satellite device and/or the second satellite device.
  • the first satellite device adjusts the indexes of time units occupied by K1 first signals and/or K2 second signals.
  • the first satellite device can determine the time unit originally occupied by K1 first signals according to the configuration information, and determine the time unit originally occupied by K2 second signals according to the configuration information.
  • the first satellite device can adjust the index of the time unit occupied by K1 first signals and/or K2 second signals (for example, the index of the time unit occupied by K1 first signals can be advanced or delayed, and/or the index of the time unit occupied by K2 second signals can be advanced or delayed).
  • the first time unit of the K1 time unit and the first time unit of the K2 time unit include an offset (the offset can be expressed as offset in English).
  • the offset is used to make the difference between the time when the K1 first signal of the first satellite device and the K2 second signal of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device respectively less than or equal to the duration of one time unit.
  • the offset is used to make the terminal device receive the K1 first signal and the K2 second signal on the same time-frequency resource when the K1 first signal of the first satellite device and the K2 second signal of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device.
  • K1 time units are originally symbols #2, #3 and #4 in time slot #1
  • K2 time units are originally symbols #2, #3 and #4 in time slot #1.
  • the first satellite device may determine that the index of K1 time units and/or the index of K2 time units need to be adjusted.
  • K1 time units are adjusted to symbols #0, #1 and #2 in time slot #1.
  • K1 time units are adjusted to symbols #4, #5 and #6 in time slot #1.
  • K1 time units are adjusted to symbols #1, #2 and #3 in time slot #1
  • K2 time units are adjusted to symbols #3, #4 and #5 in time slot #1.
  • K2 time units are adjusted to symbols #0, #1 and #2 in time slot #1.
  • K2 time units are adjusted to symbol #4, symbol #5 and symbol #6 in time slot #1.
  • the adjusted K1 time units may partially overlap with the adjusted K2 time units, or may not overlap.
  • the adjusted K1 time units may partially overlap with the unadjusted K2 time units, or may not overlap.
  • the unadjusted K1 time units may partially overlap with the adjusted K2 time units, or may not overlap.
  • the first satellite device may send information indicating an offset to the terminal device, so that the terminal device receives a signal from the first satellite device and/or the second satellite device at a correct time domain resource position.
  • the first satellite device may adjust the transmission time of K1 first signals and/or K2 second signals.
  • the first satellite device may adjust the transmission time of K1 first signals and/or K2 second signals (for example, the start transmission time of K1 first signals may be advanced or delayed, and/or the start transmission time of K2 second signals may be advanced or delayed).
  • the difference between the start transmission time of K1 time units and the start transmission time of K2 time units is the second time difference.
  • the second time difference is used to make the difference between the time when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device respectively arrive at the terminal device less than or equal to the duration of one time unit.
  • the second time difference is used to make the terminal device receive the K1 first signals and the K2 second signals on the same time-frequency resources when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device.
  • K1 time units are originally symbols #2, #3 and #4 in time slot #1
  • K2 time units are originally symbols #2, #3 and #4 in time slot #1
  • the original start transmission time of K1 time units (the transmission time of symbol #2 in time slot #1) is the same as the start transmission time of K1 time units (the transmission time of symbol #2 in time slot #1), and the first satellite device can adjust one or both of them.
  • the first satellite device can determine that the start transmission time of K1 time units (the transmission time of symbol #2 in time slot #1) is advanced or delayed by 5 milliseconds.
  • the first satellite device can determine that the start transmission time of K2 time units (the transmission time of symbol #2 in time slot #1) is advanced or delayed by 5 milliseconds.
  • the first satellite device may determine the start sending time of K1 time units (the sending time of symbol #2 in time slot #1) to be advanced by 2 milliseconds, and the first satellite device may determine the start sending time of K2 time units (the sending time of symbol #2 in time slot #1) to be delayed by 3 milliseconds.
  • the K1 time units occupied by the K1 first signals may completely overlap with the K2 time units occupied by the K2 second signals.
  • the index of the first time unit among the K1 time units occupied by the K1 first signals (such as symbol #2 of time slot #1) may be the same as the index of the first time unit among the K2 time units occupied by the K2 second signals (such as symbol #2 of time slot #1).
  • the K1 time units occupied by the K1 first signals may partially overlap with the K2 time units occupied by the K2 second signals, or may not overlap.
  • the first satellite device adjusting the transmission time of K1 first signals may include adjusting the start transmission time of the K1 first signals, or adjusting the stop transmission time of the K1 first signals, or adjusting a specified time in the transmission process of the K1 first signals.
  • adjusting the start transmission time is used as an example for introduction.
  • the first satellite device adjusting the transmission time of K2 second signals may include adjusting the start transmission time of the K2 second signals, or adjusting the stop transmission time of the K2 second signals, or adjusting a specified time in the transmission process of the K2 second signals.
  • adjusting the start transmission time is used as an example for introduction.
  • the first satellite device may send information indicating the second time difference to the terminal device, so that the terminal device receives signals from the first satellite device and/or the second satellite device at a correct time domain resource location.
  • the implementation B2 when the first time difference is equal to the duration of CP occupancy, the implementation B2 may also be adopted, for example, K1 is equal to or greater than (N+1). In another possible implementation, when the first time difference is equal to the duration of a time unit, the solution of implementation B2 may not be implemented, but the implementation is implemented according to the implementation in which the difference between the time when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device respectively arrive at the terminal device is greater than the duration of a time unit.
  • the N satellite devices may be the first satellite device and the second satellite device, or the N satellite devices may include the first satellite device, the second satellite device and at least one other satellite device (such as the third satellite device).
  • the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by any satellite device among the N satellite devices may be determined by the satellite device itself, or by other satellite devices.
  • the number of time units occupied by the signals to be sent by all satellite devices among the N satellite devices may be determined by one satellite device, or by multiple satellite devices.
  • the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the first satellite device and the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the second satellite device may both be determined by the first satellite device or both be determined by the second satellite device.
  • the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the first satellite device is determined by the second satellite device
  • the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the second satellite device is determined by the second satellite device.
  • the first satellite device determines the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the first satellite device and the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the second satellite device as an example.
  • the second satellite device determines the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the second satellite device and/or the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the second satellite device in a similar manner, and in this scheme, the second satellite device can also obtain the first information, such as receiving the first information from the terminal device (in this case, the first satellite device can receive the first information or does not need to receive the first information, that is, step 401 can be executed or not executed), or receiving the first information from the first satellite device.
  • Step 403 The first satellite device sends first indication information.
  • the terminal device receives the first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate information of K1 time units.
  • the first satellite device may determine K1 time units based on the determined number of K1 time units and the time-frequency resources of the signal configuration.
  • the first indication information may include resource identifiers and/or resource set identifiers of the K1 time units.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate information about time units occupied by signals to be sent from other satellite devices (such as the second satellite device) among the N satellite devices.
  • the information used to indicate time units occupied by signals to be sent from other satellite devices (such as the second satellite device) among the N satellite devices may be determined by the first satellite device (see the solution in step 402 where the first satellite device determines the number of K2 time units), or may be sent by other satellite devices (such as the second satellite device) to the first satellite device (for example, the second satellite device may determine K2 time units by itself, and the relevant solution may refer to the solution in which the first satellite device determines K1 time units, which will not be described in detail).
  • the first indication information is also used to indicate the information of the K2 time units occupied by the signals to be sent by the second satellite device (i.e., K2 second signals).
  • the first indication information may include resource identifiers and/or resource set identifiers of the K2 time units.
  • the first indication information may include an offset between the K2 time units and the K1 time unit, such as the offset between the first time unit of the K2 time units and the first time unit of the K1 time units. In this way, the terminal device can determine the K2 time units based on the information used to indicate the K1 time units and the offset. This scheme can save the number of bits occupied by the information used to indicate the K2 time units.
  • the terminal device can determine the K2 time unit based on the information used to indicate the K1 time unit.
  • the information used to indicate the K1 time unit is also: the information used to indicate the K2 time unit.
  • step 403 may not be performed.
  • the terminal device may calculate the content indicated by the first indication information by itself, such as calculating the number of K1 time units based on the first information.
  • the terminal device may receive an instruction from the first satellite device, which instructs the terminal device to calculate the content indicated by the first indication information by itself.
  • Step 404 The terminal device sends second information.
  • the first satellite device receives the second information.
  • the second information is used to determine the difference in frequency offsets that occur when the signal of the first satellite device and the signal of the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device.
  • the difference in frequency offsets that occur when the signal of the first satellite device and the signal of the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device can also be replaced by: the frequency difference corresponding to the first satellite device and the second satellite device; or, it can also be replaced by: the first frequency difference.
  • the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of any one of the two satellite devices is transmitted to the terminal device can be a subtrahend or a minuend.
  • the difference in frequency offsets that occur when the signal of the first satellite device and the signal of the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device can be, for example, the difference obtained by subtracting the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the second satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device from the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device, or the difference obtained by subtracting the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device from the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the second satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device, or the absolute value of the difference in frequency offsets that occur when the signal of the first satellite device and the signal of the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device.
  • the second information may include a variety of contents, which are described below in Implementation D1 and Implementation D2.
  • the terminal device may determine the first frequency difference and feed it back to the first satellite device.
  • the terminal device may send the location information of the terminal device to the first satellite device so that the first satellite device calculates the first frequency difference.
  • the second information includes information for indicating the first frequency difference.
  • the terminal device may calculate the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device, and calculate the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the second satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device.
  • the second information may include information on the values of the two frequency offsets, or the second information includes information on the difference between the values of the two frequency offsets. If the second information received by the first satellite device includes information on the values of the two frequency offsets, the difference between the values of the two frequency offsets may be further calculated. If the second information received by the first satellite device includes information on the first frequency difference, the difference between the values of the two frequency offsets may be determined from the second information.
  • the terminal device may have multiple implementations to calculate the value of the frequency offset that occurs when a signal from a satellite device (such as a first satellite device or a second satellite device) is transmitted to the terminal device.
  • a satellite device such as a first satellite device or a second satellite device
  • the first satellite device may send a signal (such as a synchronization signal block (SSB)), and the terminal device measures the SSB from the first satellite device to obtain the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal is transmitted to the terminal device.
  • the second satellite device may send a signal (such as an SSB), and the terminal device measures the SSB from the second satellite device to obtain the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal from the second satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device.
  • SSB synchronization signal block
  • the reason why a signal from a satellite device is at a frequency offset when it arrives at the terminal device may include, for example, the Doppler effect. Since the satellite device is usually in a mobile state, and the distance between the satellite device and the terminal device is far, based on the Doppler effect, a signal from a satellite device may experience a frequency offset when it arrives at the terminal device.
  • the above example of the second information is introduced by taking the first satellite device and the second satellite device among N satellite devices as examples.
  • the N satellite devices may also include other satellite devices, such as a third satellite device.
  • the second information may include information for indicating T1 frequency differences, where T1 is a positive integer, and T1 may be 1 or greater than 1.
  • Any one of the T1 frequency differences may include the difference in frequency offsets that occur when signals of two satellite devices among the N satellite devices (such as the first satellite device and the second satellite device; or the second satellite device and the third satellite device) are respectively transmitted to the terminal device.
  • the scheme for determining the frequency difference between any two satellite devices can refer to the description of the frequency difference between the first satellite device and the second satellite device, and will not be repeated here.
  • the second information includes location information of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may obtain the location information of the terminal device in some manners, which may refer to the aforementioned implementation A2.
  • the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device can be determined based on the ephemeris information of the first satellite device and the location information of the terminal device. Furthermore, the first satellite device can also determine the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the second satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device based on the ephemeris information of the second satellite device and the location information of the terminal device. Afterwards, the first satellite device can use the difference between the two frequency offset values as the first frequency difference. In this way, the first satellite device can determine the first phase offset value based on the location information of the terminal device. The first phase offset value can also be updated later as the location information of the terminal device is updated. The first phase offset value determined by this scheme can be more reasonable, and then in the subsequent channel estimation process, the interference caused by the signal of the second satellite device can be better eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.
  • the first satellite device when N satellite devices communicate with the terminal device, and the N satellite devices include other satellite devices (such as a third satellite device) in addition to the first satellite device and the second satellite device, the first satellite device can also calculate more frequency differences.
  • the first satellite device can calculate T1 frequency differences.
  • the scheme for the first satellite device to calculate the frequency difference according to the location information of the terminal device can refer to the aforementioned scheme for the first satellite device to determine the first frequency difference, which will not be repeated.
  • step 404 and step 401 may be one step or two steps.
  • the first information and the second information may be carried in the same message or in different messages.
  • the second information and the first information may be the same information, for example, the first information and the second information are both location information of the terminal device.
  • step 404 and step 401 are actually one step, and neither step 401 nor step 404 is executed.
  • Step 405 The first satellite device determines the phase of the signal to be transmitted by the first satellite device.
  • the signals to be sent by the first satellite device are K1 first signals.
  • K1 is a positive integer greater than 1
  • the phase offset value between two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals is a first phase offset value.
  • the first phase offset value is adjustable. In this way, the first satellite device can adjust the first phase offset value according to actual needs, and then the first phase offset value can be used to reduce the influence of interference in the channel estimation process, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information obtained by channel estimation.
  • the first phase offset value is associated with the first frequency difference.
  • the first satellite device may determine the first phase offset value based on the first frequency difference. Since the signal of the second satellite device may interfere with the signal of the first satellite device, and since the first phase offset value is associated with the first frequency difference, the setting of the first phase offset value may take into account the influence of the frequency offset of the signal of the second satellite device during the transmission process on the signal of the first satellite device, and then the setting of the first phase offset value may be more reasonable, and then in the subsequent channel estimation process, the interference caused by the signal of the second satellite device may be better eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.
  • implementation mode E1 the first phase offset value is associated with the first frequency difference.
  • implementation mode E2 the first phase offset value is associated with the first frequency difference and the second phase offset value.
  • the phase offset value between two second signals adjacent in the time domain among the K2 second signals is the second phase offset value.
  • the first phase offset value is associated with the first frequency difference.
  • K1 first signals may be generated based on the same signal sequence, for example, K1 first signals may be generated based on the signal sequence X DMRS,1 .
  • any two of the K1 first signals may be different.
  • the embodiment of the present application takes the signal sent by the first satellite device as DMRS as an example, so the subscript of the signal sequence is DMRS.
  • the various parameters in the embodiment of the present application, the superscripts or subscripts of the various parameters, and other parameters may also change.
  • K1 time units are three symbols, where the first signal on the first symbol is X DMRS,1 and the first signal on the second symbol is The first signal on the third symbol is In the present application embodiment * indicates multiplication.
  • ⁇ 1 may also be referred to as the phase offset value between two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals, that is, the first phase offset value.
  • ⁇ 1 may also be referred to as the time phase factor (TPF) of the first satellite device.
  • TPF time phase factor
  • ⁇ 1 may satisfy the following formula (1):
  • N is the number of N satellite devices
  • is a constant
  • ⁇ D2,1 can be calculated based on the first frequency difference, for example, ⁇ D2,1 can be calculated based on the Doppler effect
  • ⁇ D2,1 can be the difference in phase offset values when the signal of the first satellite device and the signal of the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device
  • q 1 can be a positive integer.
  • q 1 may be an odd number, such as q 1 is +1, -1, +3, -3, +5, or -5, etc.
  • ⁇ 1 ⁇ D2,1 + ⁇ .
  • ⁇ D2,1 in formula (1) may satisfy the following formula (2):
  • is a constant
  • f D2,1 is the first frequency difference
  • T sym is the duration of a time unit.
  • N c is the number of subcarriers
  • N g is the CP length
  • ⁇ f is the subcarrier spacing
  • T sym may be the duration of a time unit including the CP.
  • the first phase offset value is associated with the first frequency difference and the second phase offset value.
  • the second phase offset value may be zero or non-zero.
  • the second phase offset value may also be associated with the first frequency difference.
  • E2.1, E2.2, and E2.3 Several possible implementation manners are introduced through the following examples E2.1, E2.2, and E2.3.
  • ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 may satisfy a certain relationship.
  • ⁇ 1 may be zero.
  • E2.3 a situation where more satellite devices are included in the N satellite devices is introduced.
  • Example E2.1, ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 can satisfy a certain relationship.
  • the first phase offset value, the second phase offset value and the first frequency difference are associated. Since the setting of the first phase offset value can take into account the influence of the frequency offset of the signal of the second satellite device during the transmission process on the signal of the first satellite device, the setting of the first phase offset value can be more reasonable, and then in the subsequent channel estimation process, the interference caused by the signal of the second satellite device can be better eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.
  • the K2 second signals may be generated based on the same signal sequence, for example, the K2 second signals may be generated based on the signal sequence X DMRS,2 . However, any two of the K2 second signals may be different.
  • the duration occupied by one of the K1 time units and one of the K2 time units may be equal, for example, both may be one symbol, or two symbols, etc.
  • K1 time units are three symbols, where the first signal on the first symbol is X DMRS,1 and the first signal on the second symbol is The first signal on the third symbol is K2 time units are three symbols, where the first signal on the first symbol is X DMRS,2 and the first signal on the second symbol is The first signal on the third symbol is
  • * indicates multiplication.
  • ⁇ 2 may also be referred to as a phase offset value between two second signals adjacent in the time domain among the K2 second signals, that is, a second phase offset value.
  • ⁇ 2 may also be referred to as a TPF of the second satellite device.
  • ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 may satisfy the following formula (3):
  • each parameter in formula (3) refers to the relevant description of formula (1) and formula (2), which will not be repeated here.
  • q 1 can be an odd number.
  • ⁇ 1 - ⁇ 2 ⁇ D2,1 + ⁇ .
  • both ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 may not be zero, or one of them may be zero.
  • the value of ⁇ 2 is zero.
  • ⁇ 1 may satisfy:
  • related content please refer to the above description, which is similar and will not be repeated here.
  • Example E2.2 ⁇ 1 can be zero.
  • the value of ⁇ 1 may be zero, or understood as the first phase offset value being zero.
  • the value of ⁇ 2 is not zero (or understood as the second phase offset value being not zero).
  • ⁇ 2 may satisfy: For related content, please refer to the above description, which is similar and will not be repeated here.
  • Example E2.3 introduces the situation where the N satellite devices include more satellite devices.
  • the N satellite devices may include a first satellite device, a second satellite device, and at least one other satellite device (a third satellite device).
  • a reference satellite device may be set in the N satellite devices, for example, the reference satellite device is the second satellite device). Then, any satellite device in the N satellite devices except the second satellite device may satisfy the following with the second satellite device:
  • ⁇ s is the TPF of satellite device s among the (N-1) satellite devices (also referred to as the phase offset value corresponding to satellite device s)
  • ⁇ 2 is the TPF of the second satellite device (also referred to as the second phase offset value)
  • ⁇ D2 s may be the difference in phase offset values when the signals of the second satellite device and satellite device s are respectively transmitted to the terminal device
  • ⁇ D2 s may be calculated based on the frequency difference corresponding to the second satellite device and satellite device s
  • qs may be a positive integer
  • qs is the value of q corresponding to satellite device s
  • N is the number of N satellite devices
  • is a constant
  • the (N-1) satellite devices are the satellite devices among the N satellite devices except the second satellite device.
  • each of the (N-1) satellite devices corresponds to a q value
  • the (N-1) q values corresponding to the (N-1) satellite devices are (N-1) integers in [1, (N-1)], respectively.
  • N is 4, the (N-1) q values corresponding to the (N-1) satellite devices are 1, 2, 3, and 4, respectively.
  • the (N-1) satellite devices and the 4 integers can be arbitrarily configured, for example, the q value corresponding to the first satellite device can be 1 or 2.
  • the N satellite devices include a first satellite device, a second satellite device, a third satellite device, and a fourth satellite device.
  • formula (4) can be respectively written as the following formulas:
  • ⁇ 1 is the TPF of the first satellite device (or the first phase offset value)
  • ⁇ 2 is the TPF of the second satellite device (or the second phase offset value)
  • ⁇ 3 is the TPF of the third satellite device (or the phase offset value corresponding to the third satellite device)
  • ⁇ 4 is the TPF of the fourth satellite device (or the phase offset value corresponding to the fourth satellite device)
  • ⁇ D2,1 may be the difference in phase offset values when the signal of the second satellite device and the signal of the first satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device
  • ⁇ D2,3 may be the difference in phase offset values when the signal of the second satellite device and the signal of the third satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device
  • ⁇ D2,4 may be calculated based on the frequency difference corresponding to the second satellite device and the fourth satellite device.
  • ⁇ 3 is a phase offset value between two third signals adjacent in the time domain among K5 third signals sent by the third satellite device
  • ⁇ 4 is a phase offset value between two fourth signals adjacent in the time domain among K6 fourth signals sent by the fourth satellite device.
  • K5 may be a positive integer
  • K5 may be equal to K1.
  • K6 may be a positive integer
  • K6 may be equal to K1.
  • the K5 third signals may be generated based on the same signal sequence, for example, the K5 third signals may be generated based on the signal sequence X DMRS,3 .
  • the K6 fourth signals may be generated based on the same signal sequence, for example, the K6 fourth signals may be generated based on the signal sequence X DMRS,4 .
  • step 405 the phase of the signal to be transmitted of any satellite device among the N satellite devices may be determined by the satellite device itself or by other satellite devices.
  • the phases of the signals to be transmitted of all satellite devices among the N satellite devices may be determined by one satellite device or by multiple satellite devices.
  • the phase of the signal to be sent by the first satellite device and the phase of the signal to be sent by the second satellite device may both be determined by the first satellite device or both be determined by the second satellite device.
  • the phase of the signal to be sent by the first satellite device is determined by the second satellite device, and the phase of the signal to be sent by the second satellite device is determined by the second satellite device.
  • the first satellite device is used to determine the phase of the signal to be sent by the first satellite device and the phase of the signal to be sent by the second satellite device as an example.
  • the second satellite device determines the phase of the signal to be sent by the second satellite device and/or the phase of the signal to be sent by the second satellite device.
  • the scheme is similar, and in this scheme, the second satellite device can also obtain the second information, such as receiving the second information from the terminal device (in this case, the first satellite device can receive the second information or does not need to receive the second information, that is, step 404 can be executed or not executed), or receive the second information from the first satellite device.
  • step 405 may be performed first and then step 402, or these steps may be performed together.
  • Step 406 The first satellite device sends second indication information.
  • the terminal device receives the second indication information.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the phase information of the signal to be sent by the first satellite device, and/or the second indication information is used to indicate the phase offset value between two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals.
  • the second indication information may include information about the first phase offset value of the first satellite device, and based on this information, the terminal device can determine the phase offset value between two adjacent first signals among the K1 first signals. Further, the terminal device can also determine the phase of each first signal. In this scheme, the terminal device can receive information indicating the first phase offset value, and then can better eliminate the interference caused by the signal of the second satellite device in the subsequent channel estimation process based on the first phase offset value, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.
  • the second indication information is further used to indicate information about the phase of a signal to be sent by another satellite device (such as the second satellite device) among the N satellite devices, and/or the second indication information is further used to indicate a phase offset value between two signals adjacent in the time domain among the signals to be sent by another satellite device (such as the second satellite device) among the N satellite devices.
  • the second indication information for example, also includes first phase offset value information of the first satellite device.
  • the information for indicating the phase of the signal to be sent by other satellite devices (such as the second satellite device) among the N satellite devices (and/or the information for indicating the phase offset value between two adjacent signals in the time domain in the signal to be sent by other satellite devices (such as the second satellite device) among the N satellite devices may be determined by the first satellite device (see the solution of the first satellite device determining ⁇ 1 in step 405), or may be sent by other satellite devices (such as the second satellite device) to the first satellite device (for example, the second satellite device may determine ⁇ 2 by itself, and the relevant solution may refer to the solution of the first satellite device determining ⁇ 1 , which will not be described in detail).
  • the information for indicating the phase of the signal to be sent by other satellite devices (such as the second satellite device) among the N satellite devices (and/or the information for indicating the phase offset value between two adjacent signals in the time domain in the signal to be sent by other satellite devices (such as the second satellite device) among the N satellite devices may also be sent to the terminal device by a satellite device other than the first satellite device, such as the second satellite device.
  • step 406 may not be performed.
  • the terminal device may calculate the content indicated by the second indication information by itself, such as calculating the first phase offset value and/or the second phase offset value based on the first frequency difference (or based on the second information).
  • the terminal device may receive an instruction from the first satellite device, which instructs the terminal device to calculate the content indicated by the second indication information by itself.
  • Step 407 The first satellite device sends K1 first signals.
  • the terminal device receives K1 first signals.
  • Step 407 may also include: the second satellite device sends K2 second signals, and the terminal device receives K2 second signals.
  • Step 407 may also be replaced by: N satellite devices send signals, and the terminal device receives signals from the N satellite devices, where N is equal to 2 or greater than 2.
  • the corresponding time-frequency resources include the first time-frequency resources.
  • Step 408 The terminal device determines channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device according to part or all of the K1 first signals.
  • Step 408 may also include: the terminal device determines the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device according to part or all of the K2 second signals.
  • Step 408 may also be replaced by: for one (or each) satellite device among the N satellite devices, the terminal device determines the channel information between the satellite device and the terminal device according to part or all of the signals received from the satellite device, where N is equal to 2 or greater than 2.
  • the corresponding time-frequency resources include the first time-frequency resources.
  • the terminal device determines channel information between a satellite device and the terminal device.
  • the K1 first signals include K3 first signals, and K3 is a positive integer less than or equal to K1.
  • the terminal device can determine the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device based on the K3 first signals.
  • the time-frequency resources corresponding to each of the K3 first signals when it arrives at the terminal device are a subset or a full set of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the K2 second signals when they arrive at the terminal device. In this way, the interference to the K3 first signals will show a certain regularity, and then in the subsequent channel estimation process, these interferences can be minimized or eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of the acquired channel information.
  • the terminal device determines a correction value corresponding to the first signal according to the phase of the first signal for the first signal among the K3 first signals.
  • the terminal device determines the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device according to the K3 first signals and the correction value corresponding to the first signal among the K3 first signals.
  • the correction value corresponding to a first signal can compensate for the phase of the first signal during the channel estimation process, so that these interferences can be minimized or eliminated in the subsequent channel estimation process, thereby improving the accuracy of the acquired channel information.
  • DMRS1 is a signal sequence used to generate the first signal
  • r 1,i is the (i+1)th first signal
  • r 1,i is a signal among the K3 first signals (that is, the signal used to calculate the channel information is a signal among the K3 first signals)
  • the correction value corresponding to r 1,i can be expressed as
  • the value range of i is [(g 1 -1), (N-1)], i is an integer, ⁇ 1 is the first phase offset value, ⁇ and * both represent multiplication, g 1 is a positive integer, and g 1 is the ranking of the first first signal among the K3 first signals among the K1 first signals.
  • the K3 first signals are the first two among the K1 first signals, that is, the ranking of the first first signal among the K3 first signals among the K1 first signals is also the first, the value of g 1 is 1, and the value range of i is [0, (N-1)].
  • the K3 first signals are the second and third among the K1 first signals, that is, the ranking of the first first signal among the K3 first signals among the K1 first signals is the second, so the value of g 1 is 2, and the value range of i is [1, (N-1)].
  • N satellite devices include a first satellite device and a second satellite device.
  • N satellite devices include a first satellite device, a second satellite device, and a third satellite device.
  • Example F1 is introduced by taking N satellite devices including a first satellite device and a second satellite device as an example.
  • FIG5A exemplarily shows a possible example of a signal received by a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the signal received by the terminal device from the first satellite device includes, for example, a first signal #10, a first signal #11, and a first signal #12.
  • the signal received by the terminal device from the second satellite device includes, for example, a second signal #20, a second signal #21, and a second signal #22.
  • the first time-frequency resource can be regarded as the time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal #10 and the first signal #11 when they arrive at the terminal device. It can be seen that the time-frequency resources occupied by the signal of the second satellite device when it arrives at the terminal device also include the first time-frequency resource.
  • the K3 first signals may be all or part of the first signal #10 and the first signal #11. As can be seen from FIG5A , the entire transmission process of each of the first signals #10 and the first signal #11 is affected by the signal of the second satellite device. It can also be understood that, in the example of FIG5A , the time-frequency resources corresponding to each of the first signals #10 and the first signal #11 when arriving at the terminal device are a subset of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the K2 second signals (i.e., the second signal #20, the second signal #21, and the second signal #22) when arriving at the terminal device.
  • the K2 second signals i.e., the second signal #20, the second signal #21, and the second signal #22
  • the first signal #10 sent by the first satellite device is X DMRS,1
  • the first signal #11 is
  • the first signal #12 is
  • the second signal #20 sent by the second satellite device is X DMRS,2
  • the second signal #21 is
  • the second signal #22 is Since the first signal and the second signal may be affected by some factors during transmission, such as Doppler effect, the received signals may be phase-shifted.
  • the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device can be calculated based on the following formula (9):
  • DMRS1 is the signal sequence used to generate the first signal
  • r 1,0 is the first first signal (i.e., the first signal #10 received by the terminal device)
  • the signal corresponding to r 1,0 can be expressed as DMRS1
  • r 1,1 is the second first signal (i.e., the first signal #11 received by the terminal device)
  • the correction value corresponding to r 1,1 is the signal corresponding to r 1,1
  • ⁇ 1 is the first phase offset value
  • the correction value corresponding to r 1,0 is 1.
  • it is described by taking the K3 first signals as the first two first signals of the K1 first signals as an example.
  • the interference W r1,1 on r 1,1 and the interference W r1,0 on r 1,0 can satisfy Transform the formula, such as multiplying both sides of the formula by Then you can get: Also because (An example of the above formula (3)), so therefore
  • P r1,0 can be regarded as a valid signal in r 1,0
  • P r1,1 can be regarded as a valid signal in r 1,1 . Therefore Since the signal corresponding to r 1,1 is therefore The phase of P r1,1 can be compensated.
  • the terminal device may also calculate the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device. Similarly, the terminal device may select K4 second signals from the K2 second signals, and determine the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device based on the K4 second signals.
  • the K4 second signals are part or all of the K2 second signals.
  • DMRS2 is a signal sequence used to generate the second signal
  • r 2,i is the (i+1)th second signal
  • r 2,i belongs to a signal among the K4 second signals (that is, the signal used to calculate the channel information is a signal among the K4 second signals)
  • the correction value corresponding to r 2,i is the signal corresponding to r 2,i
  • the signal corresponding to r 2,i can be expressed as
  • the value range of i is [(g 2 -1), (N-1)], i is an integer, ⁇ 2 is the second phase offset value, ⁇ and * both represent multiplication, g 2 is a positive integer, and g 2 is the ranking of the first second signal among the K4 second signals among the K2 second signals.
  • the K4 second signals are the first two among the K2 second signals, that is, the ranking of the first second signal among the K4 second signals among the K2 second signals is also the first, the value of g 2 is 1, and the value range of i is [0, (N-1)].
  • the K4 second signals are the second and third of the K2 second signals, that is, the first second signal of the K4 second signals is ranked second among the K2 first signals, so the value of g2 is 2 , and the value range of i is [1, (N-1)].
  • the above formula (10) can also be written as: Among them, r 2,1 is the second second signal (ie, the second signal # 21 received by the terminal device), and r 2,2 is the third second signal (ie, the second signal # 22 received by the terminal device).
  • the signals used to calculate the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device are the second signal #21 and the second signal #22.
  • the scheme for calculating the channel information of the second satellite device can also refer to the scheme for calculating the channel information of the first satellite device, and the signal for selecting the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device can also refer to the scheme for selecting K1 first signals, which will not be described in detail.
  • Example F2 is described by taking the N satellite devices including a first satellite device, a second satellite device and a third satellite device as an example.
  • FIG5B exemplarily shows a possible example of a signal received by a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the signal received by the terminal device from the first satellite device also includes a first signal #13.
  • the signal received by the terminal device from the second satellite device also includes a second signal #23.
  • the signal received by the terminal device from the third satellite device includes, for example, a third signal #30, a third signal #31, a third signal #32, and a third signal #33.
  • FIG5A exemplarily shows a possible example of a signal received by a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the signal received by the terminal device from the first satellite device also includes a first signal #13.
  • the signal received by the terminal device from the second satellite device also includes a second signal #23.
  • the signal received by the terminal device from the third satellite device includes, for example, a third signal #30, a third signal #31, a third signal #32, and a third signal #33.
  • FIG5A exemplarily shows a possible example of
  • the first time-frequency resource can be regarded as the time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal #10, the first signal #11, and the first signal #12 when they arrive at the terminal device. It can be seen that the time-frequency resource occupied by the signal of the second satellite device when it arrives at the terminal device also includes the first time-frequency resource, and the time-frequency resource occupied by the signal of the third satellite device when it arrives at the terminal device also includes the first time-frequency resource.
  • K3 first signals may be all or part of the first signal #10, the first signal #11, and the first signal #12.
  • the entire transmission process of each of the first signals #10, the first signal #11, and the first signal #12 is affected by the signal of the second satellite device.
  • the time-frequency resources corresponding to each of the first signals #10, the first signal #11, and the first signal #12 when arriving at the terminal device are subsets of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the K2 second signals (i.e., the second signal #20, the second signal #21, the second signal #22, and the second signal #23) when arriving at the terminal device.
  • the time-frequency resources corresponding to each of the first signals #10, the first signal #11, and the first signal #12 when arriving at the terminal device are subsets of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the signals from the third satellite device (such as the third signal #30, the third signal #31, and the third signal #32) when arriving at the terminal device.
  • the difference is that in FIG. 5B , the first signal #13 sent by the first satellite device is The second signal #23 sent by the second satellite device is The third signal #30 sent by the third satellite device is X DMRS,3 , and the third signal #31 is The third signal #32 is The third signal #33 is For other contents, please refer to the relevant description of Figure 5A and will not be repeated here.
  • the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device can be calculated based on the following formula (11):
  • DMRS1 is the signal sequence used to generate the first signal
  • r 1,2 is the third first signal (ie, the first signal #12 received by the terminal device)
  • the correction value corresponding to r 1,2 is the correction value corresponding to r 1,2
  • the signal corresponding to r 1,2 can be expressed as
  • the K3 first signals are taken as the first three first signals of the K1 first signals for introduction.
  • the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device can be calculated based on the following formula (12):
  • formula (12) is the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device, is the correction value corresponding to r 2,3 , r 2,3 is the fourth second signal, and the signal corresponding to r 2,3 can be expressed as
  • the K4 second signals are the second second signal, the third second signal and the fourth second signal of the K2 second signals.
  • the parameters of formula (12) can refer to the relevant content in formula (10), which will not be repeated here.
  • the signals used to calculate the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device are the second signal #21, the second signal #22, and the second signal #23.
  • the scheme for calculating the channel information of the second satellite device can also refer to the scheme for calculating the first satellite device, and the signal for selecting the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device can also refer to the scheme for selecting K1 third signals, which will not be repeated.
  • the channel information between the third satellite device and the terminal device can be calculated based on the following formula (13):
  • DMRS3 is a signal sequence for generating the third signal
  • r 3,0 is the first third signal (i.e., the third signal #30 received by the terminal device)
  • the signal corresponding to r 3,0 can be expressed as DMRS3
  • r 3,1 is the second third signal (i.e., the third signal #31 received by the terminal device)
  • r 3,2 is the third third signal (i.e., the third signal #32 received by the terminal device)
  • the correction value corresponding to r 3,1 and the signal corresponding to r 3,1 can be expressed as is the correction value corresponding to r 3,2
  • the signal corresponding to r 3,2 can be expressed as
  • the correction value corresponding to r 3,0 is 1.
  • the first three third signals used to calculate the channel information between the third satellite device and the terminal device are used as an example for introduction. For related contents, please refer to the description of the first satellite device and the second satellite device, which will not be repeated here
  • a portion of the third signal #33 in FIG. 5B is not affected by the signal of at least one other satellite device (such as the second satellite device) during transmission, while the third signal #30, the third signal #31, and the third signal #32 are all affected by the signal of the first satellite device. Moreover, the third signal #30, the third signal #31, and the third signal #32 are all affected by the signal of the second satellite device. Therefore, the signals used to calculate the channel information between the third satellite device and the terminal device are the third signal #30, the third signal #31, and the third signal #32.
  • the scheme for calculating the channel information of the third satellite device can also refer to the scheme for calculating the first satellite device, and the signal for selecting the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device can also refer to the scheme for selecting K1 third signals, which will not be described in detail.
  • the signal selected for use needs to be affected by the signals of each satellite device among the other satellite devices among the N satellite devices. In this way, interference can be reduced or eliminated during subsequent channel estimation, thereby improving the accuracy of the acquired channel information.
  • the location information of the terminal device may change, and/or the location of the satellite device may also change. This may then cause the signal transmission delay between the satellite device communicating with the terminal device and the terminal device to change, and/or the frequency offset that occurs when the signal sent by the satellite device reaches the terminal device may change. Therefore, in an embodiment of the present application, the satellite device may subsequently update the phase of the signal sent, such as updating the number of time units occupied by the signal sent by the satellite device and/or the corresponding TPF. In order to further improve the accuracy of the channel information.
  • FIG6 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of an effect provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • line #11 and line #21 in (a) of FIG6 are examples in which the solution provided by an embodiment of the present application is not applied
  • line #11 and line #21 in (b) of FIG6 are examples in which the solution provided by an embodiment of the present application is applied.
  • line #10 and line #20 represent the traditional least square (LS) channel estimation method
  • line #12 and line #22 represent the single-satellite channel estimation method, wherein line #10, line #11 and line #12 are the performance before time domain windowing, and line #20, line #21 and line #22 are the performance after time domain windowing.
  • LS least square
  • time domain windowing means that after the frequency domain channel estimation value is obtained by LS, it is transformed into the time domain to obtain the time domain channel estimation value, and then the time domain channel estimation value is multiplied by the window function to filter out the interference and noise signals outside the window, and finally the windowed time domain channel estimation value is transformed back to the frequency domain to obtain the final frequency domain channel estimation value.
  • line #11 basically coincides with line #12, and line #21 basically coincides with line #22.
  • the first device, the second device and the positioning management device may include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the execution of each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in the form of hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application scenario and design constraints of the technical solution.
  • Figures 7 and 8 are schematic diagrams of the structures of possible communication devices provided by embodiments of the present application. These communication devices can be used to implement the functions of the terminal or base station in the above method embodiments, and thus can also achieve the beneficial effects possessed by the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device can be a terminal device or a chip system of a terminal device as shown in Figure 1A or Figure 1B, or it can be a satellite device or a chip system of a satellite device as shown in Figure 1A or Figure 1B.
  • the communication device 1300 includes a processing unit 1310 and a transceiver unit 1320.
  • the communication device 1300 is used to implement the functions of the terminal device, the first satellite device, or the second satellite device in the method embodiment shown in FIG2 or FIG4 .
  • the transceiver unit 1320 may also be referred to as a communication unit.
  • the transceiver unit 1320 may include a sending unit and a receiving unit.
  • the transceiver unit 1320 may perform the above step 201, and the processing unit 1310 may perform step 202.
  • the transceiver unit 1320 may perform the above step 201.
  • the transceiver unit 1320 may perform the above steps 401, 403, 404, 406, and 407, and the processing unit 1310 is used to perform step 408.
  • the transceiver unit 1320 may perform the above steps 401, 403, 404, 406, and 407, and the processing unit 1310 is used to perform steps 402 and 405.
  • the receiving unit is used to receive K1 first signals from the first satellite device.
  • the processing unit 1310 is used to determine the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device according to the first phase offset value and part or all of the K1 first signals.
  • the receiving unit is used to receive K2 second signals from the second satellite device.
  • the sending unit is used to send information indicating a first frequency difference, and the first frequency difference is used to determine a first phase offset value.
  • the sending unit is used to send location information of the terminal device, and the location information is used to determine the first phase offset value.
  • the receiving unit is used to receive information indicating a first phase offset value, and determine the first phase offset value based on the information indicating the first phase offset value.
  • the processing unit 1310 is used to obtain a first frequency difference, and determine a first phase offset value according to the first frequency difference.
  • the receiving unit is used to receive information indicating K1 time units.
  • the receiving unit is used to receive information indicating K2 time units.
  • the processing unit 1310 is used to determine the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device according to K3 first signals.
  • the processing unit 1310 is used to determine, for a first signal among K3 first signals, a correction value corresponding to the first signal according to the phase of the first signal, and determine the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device according to the K3 first signals and the correction value corresponding to the first signal among the K3 first signals.
  • the processing unit 1310 is used to obtain the first phase offset value corresponding to K1 first signals, and the sending unit is used to send K1 first signals.
  • the receiving unit is used to receive information indicating a first frequency difference, and determine a first phase offset value according to the first frequency difference.
  • the receiving unit is used to receive location information of the terminal device and determine the first phase offset value according to the location information.
  • the sending unit is used to send information indicating the first phase offset value.
  • the sending unit is used to send information indicating the second phase offset value.
  • the processing unit 1310 is used to determine K1 time units and/or K2 time units.
  • the sending unit is used to send information indicating K1 time units.
  • the sending unit is used to send information indicating K2 time units.
  • the processing unit 1310 is used to obtain second phase offset values corresponding to K2 second signals, where K2 is a positive integer greater than 1, and the second phase offset value is a phase offset value between two second signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 second signals, and the second phase offset value is associated with a value of a frequency offset that occurs when a signal of the second satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device;
  • the sending unit is used to send K2 second signals.
  • the receiving unit is used to receive information indicating the second phase offset value.
  • the receiving unit is used to receive information indicating K2 time units.
  • processing unit 1310 and the transceiver unit 1320 For a more detailed description of the processing unit 1310 and the transceiver unit 1320, reference may be made to the relevant description in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 .
  • the communication device 1400 includes a processor 1410 and an interface circuit 1420.
  • the processor 1410 and the interface circuit 1420 are coupled to each other.
  • the interface circuit 1420 may be a transceiver or an input-output interface.
  • the transceiver includes a transmitter and a receiver, the transmitter can be used to send information, the receiver can be used to receive information, and other functions can be implemented by the processor.
  • the input-output interface is used to input and/or output information, the output can be understood as sending, the input can be understood as receiving, and other functions can be implemented by the processor.
  • the communication device 1400 may also include a memory 1430 for storing instructions executed by the processor 1410 or storing input data required for the processor 1410 to run the instructions or storing data generated after the processor 1410 runs the instructions.
  • the processor 1410 is used to implement the function of the processing unit 1310
  • the interface circuit 1420 is used to implement the function of the transceiver unit 1320 .
  • the terminal chip When the communication device is a chip applied to a terminal, the terminal chip implements the function of the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the terminal chip receives information from the satellite device, which can be understood as the information is first received by other modules in the terminal (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna), and then sent to the terminal chip by these modules.
  • the terminal chip sends information to the satellite device, which can be understood as the information is first sent to other modules in the terminal (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna), and then sent to the satellite device by these modules.
  • the satellite equipment chip realizes the function of the satellite device in the above-mentioned method embodiment.
  • the satellite equipment chip receives information from the terminal, which can be understood as the information is first received by other modules in the satellite equipment (such as radio frequency module or antenna), and then sent to the satellite equipment chip by these modules.
  • the satellite equipment chip sends information to the terminal, which can be understood as the information is sent to other modules in the satellite equipment (such as radio frequency module or antenna), and then sent to the terminal by these modules.
  • Entities A and B can be satellite devices or terminals, or modules inside satellite devices or terminals.
  • the sending and receiving of information can be information interaction between a satellite device and a terminal, for example, information interaction between a satellite device and a terminal; the sending and receiving of information can also be information interaction between two satellite devices, for example, information interaction between a CU and a DU; the sending and receiving of information can also be information interaction between different modules inside a device, for example, information interaction between a terminal chip and other modules of the terminal, or information interaction between a base station chip and other modules in the base station.
  • the processor in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
  • the method steps in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in hardware or in software instructions that can be executed by a processor.
  • the software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and the software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only memory, registers, hard disks, mobile hard disks, compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be a component of the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium can be located in an ASIC.
  • the ASIC can be located in a base station or a terminal.
  • the processor and the storage medium can also exist in a base station or a terminal as discrete components.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a user device or other programmable device.
  • the computer program or instruction can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that a computer can access or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that integrates one or more available media.
  • the available medium can be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a tape; it can also be an optical medium, such as a digital video disc; it can also be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid-state hard disk.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be a volatile or nonvolatile storage medium, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile types of storage media.
  • “at least one” means one or more, and “more” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist.
  • a and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the previous and next associated objects are in an “or” relationship; in the formula of the present application, the character "/" indicates that the previous and next associated objects are in a "division" relationship.
  • “Including at least one of A, B and C” can mean: including A; including B; including C; including A and B; including A and C; including B and C; including A, B and C.
  • “Including at least one of A, B or C” can mean: including A; including B; including C; including A and B; including A and C; including B and C; including A, B and C.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Astronomy & Astrophysics (AREA)
  • Aviation & Aerospace Engineering (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Radio Relay Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A channel information determination method and apparatus, and a readable storage medium, which relate to the technical field of communications and are used for improving the accuracy of acquired channel information. A terminal apparatus receives K1 first signals from a first satellite apparatus. On the basis of a first phase offset value and some or all of the K1 first signals, the terminal apparatus determines channel information between the first satellite apparatus and the terminal apparatus. A phase offset value between two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals is the first phase offset value, and the first phase offset value is associated with the value of a frequency offset that occurs when the signals of the first satellite apparatus are transmitted to the terminal apparatus. According to said scheme, when the terminal apparatus performs channel estimation, the influence of the frequency offset of the signals on the precision of channel estimation can be reduced by means of setting the first phase offset value, so that the accuracy of channel information obtained by means of channel estimation can be improved.

Description

一种信道信息确定方法、装置及可读存储介质A method, device and readable storage medium for determining channel information

相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

本申请要求在2023年11月29日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202311626703.0、申请名称为“一种信道信息确定方法、装置及可读存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on November 29, 2023, with application number 202311626703.0 and application name “A method, device and readable storage medium for determining channel information”, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.

技术领域Technical Field

本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种信道信息确定方法、装置及可读存储介质。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a method and device for determining channel information and a readable storage medium.

背景技术Background Art

为了实现真正意义上的全球无缝网络覆盖,第五代移动网络(the 5th generation,5G)中提出了构建非地面网络(non-terrestrial networks,NTN)。近年来,位于距离地面200千米(kilometer,km)到2000km的低地球轨道(low earth orbit,LEO)卫星引发了学术界和工业界的广泛关注。近年来,已有一些公司计划建设巨型LEO星座,其中包括上千甚至上万颗LEO卫星。随着卫星星座规模的增大,用户终端(user equipment,UE)的可视范围内将存在不止一颗卫星。单星传输对系统容量的提升是有限的。为了有效提升卫星重叠覆盖区的容量,卫星系统逐渐从单星传输向多星协同传输演进。In order to achieve truly seamless global network coverage, the fifth generation of mobile networks (5G) proposed the construction of non-terrestrial networks (NTN). In recent years, low earth orbit (LEO) satellites located 200 kilometers (km) to 2000km above the ground have attracted widespread attention from academia and industry. In recent years, some companies have planned to build giant LEO constellations, including thousands or even tens of thousands of LEO satellites. As the size of satellite constellations increases, there will be more than one satellite within the visible range of user equipment (UE). Single-satellite transmission has limited effect on improving system capacity. In order to effectively improve the capacity of satellite overlapping coverage areas, satellite systems have gradually evolved from single-satellite transmission to multi-satellite coordinated transmission.

在多星协同传输中,多个卫星装置可以与UE之间通信,比如多个卫星装置传输的信号到达UE时对应的时频资源可以有重叠。但是由于卫星装置与UE之间的通信距离较远,因此不同卫星装置与UE之间传输的信号可能会受到较大的干扰,继而会导致依据这些受较大干扰的信号获取的信道信息(比如通过信道估计获取信道信息)不准确。信道信息不准确会导致后续卫星装置与终端之间的信号传输的抗干扰能力较差,继而导致系统吞吐性能下降。基于此,如何提高获取的信道信息的准确性成为亟需解决的问题。In multi-satellite coordinated transmission, multiple satellite devices can communicate with UEs. For example, when signals transmitted by multiple satellite devices reach UEs, the corresponding time-frequency resources may overlap. However, due to the long communication distance between the satellite device and the UE, the signals transmitted between different satellite devices and the UE may be subject to greater interference, which may result in inaccurate channel information obtained based on these signals subject to greater interference (such as channel information obtained through channel estimation). Inaccurate channel information will lead to poor anti-interference ability of subsequent signal transmission between the satellite device and the terminal, which will in turn lead to a decrease in system throughput performance. Based on this, how to improve the accuracy of the acquired channel information has become an urgent problem to be solved.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本申请提供一种信道信息确定方法、装置及可读存储介质,用于提高获取的信道信息的准确性。The present application provides a channel information determination method, device and readable storage medium, which are used to improve the accuracy of acquired channel information.

第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种信道信息确定方法,该方法可以由终端装置执行。终端装置可以为终端设备或终端设备内部的芯片(或芯片系统)。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining channel information, which can be performed by a terminal device. The terminal device can be a terminal device or a chip (or chip system) inside the terminal device.

该方案中,终端装置接收来自第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号。K1为大于1的正整数,K1个第一信号中在时域上相邻的两个第一信号之间的相位偏移值为第一相位偏移值,第一相位偏移值与第一卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的值关联。终端装置根据第一相位偏移值和K1个第一信号中的部分或全部,确定第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息。In this solution, the terminal device receives K1 first signals from the first satellite device. K1 is a positive integer greater than 1, and the phase offset value between two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals is a first phase offset value, and the first phase offset value is associated with the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device. The terminal device determines the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device based on the first phase offset value and part or all of the K1 first signals.

由于K1个第一信号中在时域上相邻的两个第一信号之间的相位偏移值为第一相位偏移值,且由于第一相位偏移值与第一卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的值关联,因此终端装置在进行信道估计时,可以通过设置第一相位偏移值来降低信号的频率偏移对信道估计精度造成的影响,从而可以提高通过信道估计得到的信道信息的准确度。Since the phase offset value between two adjacent first signals in the time domain among the K1 first signals is the first phase offset value, and since the first phase offset value is associated with the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device, the terminal device can reduce the influence of the frequency offset of the signal on the accuracy of channel estimation by setting the first phase offset value when performing channel estimation, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information obtained through channel estimation.

比如可以通过调整K1个第一信号的中部分或全部第一信号的相位,以使后续在依据K1个第一信号中的部分或全部进行信道估计时,将信道估计公式中干扰的部分减少或消除,从而提高信道估计的准确度,继而提高通过信道估计得到的信道信息的准确度。For example, the phase of part or all of the K1 first signals can be adjusted so that when channel estimation is subsequently performed based on part or all of the K1 first signals, the interference part in the channel estimation formula can be reduced or eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of channel estimation and then improving the accuracy of channel information obtained through channel estimation.

一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置可能会在相同的时频资源上接收到来自N个卫星装置的信号。N为大于2的整数。比如N个卫星装置中的任意两个卫星装置发送的信号在发送端占用的时频资源可能有重叠,也可能没有重叠。但是N个卫星装置中的每个卫星装置的信号到达终端装置时对应的时频资源包括第一时频资源,第一时频资源属于K1个第一信号到达终端装置时对应的时频资源的子集或全集。In a possible implementation, the terminal device may receive signals from N satellite devices on the same time-frequency resources. N is an integer greater than 2. For example, the time-frequency resources occupied by signals sent by any two satellite devices among the N satellite devices may overlap or may not overlap at the transmitting end. However, the time-frequency resources corresponding to the signals of each satellite device among the N satellite devices when they arrive at the terminal device include the first time-frequency resources, and the first time-frequency resources belong to a subset or a full set of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the K1 first signals when they arrive at the terminal device.

也可以理解为,N个卫星装置的信号经过传输,由于传输时延和传输过程中信号的频率偏移的原因等,导致该N个卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置后对应的时频资源的可能有重叠(或者说该N个卫星装置的信号在接收端占用的时频资源至少部分重叠),如此,该N个卫星装置的信号之间可能会存在干扰。It can also be understood that after the signals of N satellite devices are transmitted, due to transmission delay and frequency offset of the signals during the transmission process, the corresponding time-frequency resources after the signals of the N satellite devices are transmitted to the terminal device may overlap (or the time-frequency resources occupied by the signals of the N satellite devices at the receiving end at least partially overlap). In this way, there may be interference between the signals of the N satellite devices.

举个例子,比如第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置都属于该N个卫星装置。终端装置还接收来自第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号,K2为大于1的正整数。For example, the first satellite device and the second satellite device both belong to the N satellite devices. The terminal device also receives K2 second signals from the second satellite device, where K2 is a positive integer greater than 1.

一种可能的实施方式中,第一相位偏移值与第一频率差关联,第一频率差为第一卫星装置的信号和第二卫星装置的信号分别传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的差值。由于第二卫星装置的信号可能会对第一卫星装置的信号造成干扰,又由于第一相位偏移值与第一频率差关联,因此第一相位偏移值的设置可以考虑到第二卫星装置的信号在传输过程中的频率偏移对第一卫星装置的信号带来的影响,继而第一相位偏移值的设置可以更加合理,继而在后续信道估计的过程中可以更好的消除第二卫星装置的信号带来的干扰,继而提高信道信息的准确度。In a possible implementation, the first phase offset value is associated with a first frequency difference, and the first frequency difference is the difference in frequency offsets that occur when the signal of the first satellite device and the signal of the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device. Since the signal of the second satellite device may interfere with the signal of the first satellite device, and since the first phase offset value is associated with the first frequency difference, the setting of the first phase offset value can take into account the impact of the frequency offset of the signal of the second satellite device during the transmission process on the signal of the first satellite device, and then the setting of the first phase offset value can be more reasonable, and then in the subsequent channel estimation process, the interference caused by the signal of the second satellite device can be better eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.

又一种可能的实施方式中,第一相位偏移值、第二相位偏移值和第一频率差关联,第二相位偏移值为第二卫星装置发送的K2个第二信号中在时域上相邻的两个第二信号之间的相位偏移值。第二相位偏移值为零或不为零。由于第一相位偏移值的设置可以考虑到第二卫星装置的信号在传输过程中的频率偏移对第一卫星装置的信号带来的影响,因此第一相位偏移值的设置可以更加合理,继而在后续信道估计的过程中可以更好的消除第二卫星装置的信号带来的干扰,继而提高信道信息的准确度。In another possible implementation, the first phase offset value, the second phase offset value and the first frequency difference are associated, and the second phase offset value is the phase offset value between two second signals adjacent in the time domain among the K2 second signals sent by the second satellite device. The second phase offset value is zero or non-zero. Since the setting of the first phase offset value can take into account the influence of the frequency offset of the signal of the second satellite device during the transmission process on the signal of the first satellite device, the setting of the first phase offset value can be more reasonable, and then in the subsequent channel estimation process, the interference caused by the signal of the second satellite device can be better eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.

比如,第一相位偏移值为φ1;第二相位偏移值为φ2βD1,2为第一卫星装置的信号和第二卫星装置的信号分别传输至终端装置所发生的相位偏移值的差,π为常数,q1为正整数,N为与终端装置通信的N个卫星装置的数量。一种可能的实施方式中,q1的值为奇数。基于该公式,在后续信道估计的过程中可以更好的消除第二卫星装置的信号带来的干扰,继而提高信道信息的准确度。For example, the first phase offset value is φ 1 ; the second phase offset value is φ 2 , β D1,2 is the difference in phase offset values when the signal of the first satellite device and the signal of the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device, π is a constant, q 1 is a positive integer, and N is the number of N satellite devices communicating with the terminal device. In one possible implementation, the value of q 1 is an odd number. Based on this formula, the interference caused by the signal of the second satellite device can be better eliminated in the subsequent channel estimation process, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.

一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置发送用于指示第一频率差的信息,第一频率差用于确定第一相位偏移值。如此,第一卫星装置可以基于该用于指示第一频率差的信息确定出第一频率差,继而基于第一频率差确定出第一相位偏移值。In a possible implementation, the terminal device sends information indicating a first frequency difference, and the first frequency difference is used to determine a first phase offset value. Thus, the first satellite device can determine the first frequency difference based on the information indicating the first frequency difference, and then determine the first phase offset value based on the first frequency difference.

又一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置发送终端装置的位置信息,位置信息用于确定第一相位偏移值。如此,第一卫星装置可以基于终端装置的位置信息确定出第一相位偏移值。第一相位偏移值后续还可以随着终端装置的位置信息的更新而更新。该方案确定出的第一相位偏移值可以更加合理,继而在后续信道估计的过程中可以更好的消除第二卫星装置的信号带来的干扰,继而提高信道信息的准确度。In another possible implementation, the terminal device sends the location information of the terminal device, and the location information is used to determine the first phase offset value. In this way, the first satellite device can determine the first phase offset value based on the location information of the terminal device. The first phase offset value can also be updated later as the location information of the terminal device is updated. The first phase offset value determined by this solution can be more reasonable, and then in the subsequent channel estimation process, the interference caused by the signal of the second satellite device can be better eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.

一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置接收用于指示第一相位偏移值的信息,根据用于指示第一相位偏移值的信息确定第一相位偏移值。该方案中,终端装置可以接收用于指示第一相位偏移值的信息,继而可以基于第一相位偏移值在后续信道估计的过程中可以更好的消除第二卫星装置的信号带来的干扰,继而提高信道信息的准确度。In a possible implementation, the terminal device receives information indicating a first phase offset value, and determines the first phase offset value according to the information indicating the first phase offset value. In this solution, the terminal device can receive information indicating the first phase offset value, and then can better eliminate interference caused by the signal of the second satellite device in a subsequent channel estimation process based on the first phase offset value, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.

又一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置获取第一频率差,根据第一频率差确定第一相位偏移值。该方案中,终端装置可以自行计算出第一相位偏移值,可以减少信令开销。In another possible implementation, the terminal device obtains the first frequency difference, and determines the first phase offset value according to the first frequency difference. In this solution, the terminal device can calculate the first phase offset value by itself, which can reduce signaling overhead.

一种可能的实施方式中,以下参数中的至少一项是可调的:第一相位偏移值,第二相位偏移值,K1的值,或K2的值。通过调整这些参数,可以使后续信道估计过程中更好的消除干扰,从而提高信道信息的准确性。In a possible implementation, at least one of the following parameters is adjustable: the first phase offset value, the second phase offset value, the value of K1, or the value of K2. By adjusting these parameters, interference can be better eliminated in the subsequent channel estimation process, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.

一种可能的实施方式中,K1个第一信号是第一卫星装置在K1个时间单元上发送的,K2个第二信号是第二卫星装置在K2个时间单元上发送的,K2的值和/或K1的值与第一时间差关联,第一时间差是根据K1个第一信号和K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差确定的。第一卫星装置发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量和/或第二卫星装置发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量可以与时间差关联,如此,通过调整K1和/或K2的值,可以使后续信道估计过程中更好的消除干扰,从而提高信道信息的准确性。In a possible implementation, K1 first signals are sent by the first satellite device at K1 time units, and K2 second signals are sent by the second satellite device at K2 time units. The value of K2 and/or the value of K1 are associated with a first time difference, and the first time difference is determined according to the difference between the time when the K1 first signals and the K2 second signals respectively arrive at the terminal device. The number of time units occupied by the signal sent by the first satellite device and/or the number of time units occupied by the signal sent by the second satellite device can be associated with the time difference. In this way, by adjusting the value of K1 and/or K2, interference can be better eliminated in the subsequent channel estimation process, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.

一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置可以接收用于指示K1个时间单元的信息和/或用于指示K2个时间单元的信息。如此,终端装置可以在相应的时间单元上接收信号。In a possible implementation, the terminal device may receive information indicating K1 time units and/or information indicating K2 time units. In this way, the terminal device may receive signals in corresponding time units.

一种可能的实施方式中,第一时间差小于或等于CP占用的时长的情况下:K1等于或大于N,和/或,K2等于或大于N,N为与终端装置通信的N个卫星装置的数量。又一种可能的实施方式中,第一时间差大于CP占用的时长,且第一时间差小于或等于一个时间单元的时长的情况下:K1等于或大于(N+1),和/或,K2等于或大于(N+1)。如此,K1和/或K2的值可以根据K1个第一信号和K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差来确定,继而K1和/或K2的值的设置可以更加合理,从而可以避免信号占用的时间单元的数量较少的情况发生,通过设置K1和/或K2的值,可以使后续信道估计过程中更好的消除干扰,从而提高信道信息的准确性。In one possible implementation, when the first time difference is less than or equal to the duration occupied by the CP: K1 is equal to or greater than N, and/or K2 is equal to or greater than N, where N is the number of N satellite devices communicating with the terminal device. In another possible implementation, when the first time difference is greater than the duration occupied by the CP, and the first time difference is less than or equal to the duration of a time unit: K1 is equal to or greater than (N+1), and/or K2 is equal to or greater than (N+1). In this way, the values of K1 and/or K2 can be determined based on the difference between the times when K1 first signals and K2 second signals respectively arrive at the terminal device, and then the setting of the values of K1 and/or K2 can be more reasonable, thereby avoiding the situation where the number of time units occupied by the signal is small. By setting the values of K1 and/or K2, interference can be better eliminated in the subsequent channel estimation process, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.

K1个时间单元的第一个时间单元和K2个时间单元的第一个时间单元可以没有偏移量,或理解为偏移量为零。比如单元与K2个时间单元的第一个时间单元之间包括偏移量,偏移量用于使第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号和第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差小于或等于一个时间单元的时长。通过调整该偏移量,可以调整K1个第一信号和K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差,继而使该差被调整于更加合理的范围内,继而可以通过设置K1和/或K2的值在后续信道估计过程中更好的消除干扰,从而提高信道信息的准确性。The first time unit of the K1 time units and the first time unit of the K2 time units may have no offset, or be understood as having an offset of zero. For example, an offset is included between the unit and the first time unit of the K2 time units, and the offset is used to make the difference between the time when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device respectively arrive at the terminal device less than or equal to the duration of one time unit. By adjusting the offset, the difference between the time when the K1 first signals and the K2 second signals respectively arrive at the terminal device can be adjusted, and then the difference can be adjusted to a more reasonable range, and then the interference can be better eliminated in the subsequent channel estimation process by setting the values of K1 and/or K2, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.

K1个第一信号的起始发送时刻与K2个第二信号的起始发送时刻可以相同也可以不同。比如,K1个第一信号的起始发送时刻与K2个第二信号的起始发送时刻之间的差为第二时间差,第二时间差用于使第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号和第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差小于或等于一个时间单元的时长。通过调整该第二时间差,可以调整K1个第一信号和K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差,继而使该差被调整于更加合理的范围内,继而可以通过设置K1和/或K2的值在后续信道估计过程中更好的消除干扰,从而提高信道信息的准确性。该方案中,K1个时间单元和K2个时间单元中的第一个时间单元之间可以存在偏移量或不存在偏移量,比如K1个时间单元和K2个时间单元可以都为时隙#1中的前三个符号。The start transmission time of the K1 first signals and the start transmission time of the K2 second signals may be the same or different. For example, the difference between the start transmission time of the K1 first signals and the start transmission time of the K2 second signals is the second time difference, and the second time difference is used to make the difference between the time when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device respectively less than or equal to the duration of a time unit. By adjusting the second time difference, the difference between the time when the K1 first signals and the K2 second signals arrive at the terminal device respectively can be adjusted, and then the difference can be adjusted to a more reasonable range, and then the interference can be better eliminated in the subsequent channel estimation process by setting the value of K1 and/or K2, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information. In this scheme, there may be an offset or no offset between the first time unit of the K1 time unit and the K2 time unit, for example, the K1 time unit and the K2 time unit can both be the first three symbols in time slot #1.

一种可能的实施方式中,K1个第一信号包括K3个第一信号,K3为小于或等于K1的正整数,K3个第一信号中的每个第一信号到达终端装置时对应的时频资源为K2个第二信号到达终端装置时对应的时频资源的子集或全集。终端装置可以根据K3个第一信号,确定第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息。也可以理解为,K3个第一信号中的任一个第一信号的传输过程中都受到了来自第二卫星装置的信号的干扰,继而该K3个第一信号受到的来自第二卫星装置的干扰可以呈现一定的规律,继而可以依据该规律在后续信道估计过程中更好的消除干扰,从而提高信道信息的准确性。In a possible implementation, the K1 first signals include K3 first signals, K3 is a positive integer less than or equal to K1, and the time-frequency resources corresponding to each of the K3 first signals when arriving at the terminal device are a subset or a full set of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the K2 second signals when arriving at the terminal device. The terminal device can determine the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device based on the K3 first signals. It can also be understood that any one of the K3 first signals is interfered with by the signal from the second satellite device during transmission, and then the interference from the second satellite device to the K3 first signals can present a certain regularity, and then the interference can be better eliminated in the subsequent channel estimation process based on the regularity, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.

一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置针对K3个第一信号中的第一信号,根据第一信号的相位,确定第一信号对应的修正值。终端装置根据K3个第一信号,以及K3个第一信号中的第一信号对应的修正值,确定第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息。该修正值可以对第一信号的相位进行补偿,从而可以提高信道信息的准确性。又一方面,该修正值的存在可以使信道估计公式中的干扰被尽量消除,从而可以提高信道信息的准确性。In a possible implementation, the terminal device determines a correction value corresponding to the first signal according to the phase of the first signal for the first signal among the K3 first signals. The terminal device determines the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device according to the K3 first signals and the correction value corresponding to the first signal among the K3 first signals. The correction value can compensate for the phase of the first signal, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information. On the other hand, the existence of the correction value can eliminate the interference in the channel estimation formula as much as possible, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.

第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种信道信息确定方法,该方法可以由第一卫星装置执行。第一卫星装置可以为卫星设备或卫星设备内部的芯片(或芯片系统)。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a channel information determination method, which can be performed by a first satellite device. The first satellite device can be a satellite device or a chip (or chip system) inside the satellite device.

该方案中,第一卫星装置获取K1个第一信号对应的第一相位偏移值。K1为大于1的正整数,第一相位偏移值为K1个第一信号中在时域上相邻的两个第一信号之间的相位偏移值,第一相位偏移值与第一卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的值关联。第一卫星装置发送K1个第一信号。In this solution, the first satellite device obtains a first phase offset value corresponding to K1 first signals. K1 is a positive integer greater than 1, and the first phase offset value is a phase offset value between two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals, and the first phase offset value is associated with a value of a frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device. The first satellite device sends K1 first signals.

由于K1个第一信号中在时域上相邻的两个第一信号之间的相位偏移值为第一相位偏移值,且由于第一相位偏移值与第一卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的值关联,因此终端装置在进行信道估计时,可以通过设置第一相位偏移值来降低信号的频率偏移对信道估计精度造成的影响,从而可以提高通过信道估计得到的信道信息的准确度。Since the phase offset value between two adjacent first signals in the time domain among the K1 first signals is the first phase offset value, and since the first phase offset value is associated with the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device, the terminal device can reduce the influence of the frequency offset of the signal on the accuracy of channel estimation by setting the first phase offset value when performing channel estimation, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information obtained through channel estimation.

一种可能的实施方式中,第一相位偏移值与第一频率差关联,第一频率差为第二卫星装置和第一卫星装置的信号分别传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的差值。又一种可能的实施方式中,第一相位偏移值、第二相位偏移值和第一频率差关联,第二相位偏移值为第二卫星装置发送的K2个第二信号中在时域上相邻的两个第二信号之间的相位偏移值,K2为大于1的正整数。In one possible implementation, the first phase offset value is associated with the first frequency difference, and the first frequency difference is the difference in frequency offsets that occur when the signals of the second satellite device and the first satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device. In another possible implementation, the first phase offset value, the second phase offset value and the first frequency difference are associated, and the second phase offset value is the phase offset value between two second signals that are adjacent in the time domain among K2 second signals sent by the second satellite device, and K2 is a positive integer greater than 1.

一种可能的实施方式中,第一卫星装置接收用于指示第一频率差的信息,根据第一频率差确定第一相位偏移值。In a possible implementation manner, the first satellite device receives information indicating a first frequency difference, and determines a first phase offset value according to the first frequency difference.

又一种可能的实施方式中,第一卫星装置接收终端装置的位置信息,根据位置信息确定第一相位偏移值。In yet another possible implementation, the first satellite device receives location information of the terminal device, and determines the first phase offset value according to the location information.

一种可能的实施方式中,第一卫星装置发送用于指示第一相位偏移值的信息;和/或;比如第一卫星装置可以向终端装置发送用于指示第一相位偏移值的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first satellite device sends information indicating the first phase offset value; and/or; for example, the first satellite device may send information indicating the first phase offset value to the terminal device.

又一种可能的实施方式中,第一卫星装置发送用于指示第二相位偏移值的信息。比如第一卫星装置可以向终端装置发送用于指示第二相位偏移值的信息。又一种可能的实施方式中,第一卫星装置可以向第二卫星装置发送用于指示第二相位偏移值的信息,以使第二卫星装置依据该第二相位偏移值发送信号。In another possible implementation, the first satellite device sends information indicating the second phase offset value. For example, the first satellite device may send information indicating the second phase offset value to the terminal device. In another possible implementation, the first satellite device may send information indicating the second phase offset value to the second satellite device, so that the second satellite device sends a signal according to the second phase offset value.

一种可能的实施方式中,以下参数中的至少一项是可调的:第一相位偏移值,第二相位偏移值,K1的值,或K2的值。In a possible implementation manner, at least one of the following parameters is adjustable: the first phase offset value, the second phase offset value, the value of K1, or the value of K2.

一种可能的实施方式中,K1个第一信号是第一卫星装置在K1个时间单元上发送的,K2个第二信号是第二卫星装置在K2个时间单元上发送的。第一卫星装置确定K1个时间单元和/或K2个时间单元,K2的值和/或K1的值与第一时间差关联,第一时间差是根据K1个第一信号和K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差确定的。In a possible implementation manner, the K1 first signals are sent by the first satellite device at K1 time units, and the K2 second signals are sent by the second satellite device at K2 time units. The first satellite device determines the K1 time units and/or the K2 time units, and the value of K2 and/or the value of K1 is associated with a first time difference, and the first time difference is determined according to the difference between the time when the K1 first signals and the K2 second signals respectively arrive at the terminal device.

一种可能的实施方式中,第一卫星装置发送用于指示K1个时间单元的信息;和/或,比如第一卫星装置可以向终端装置发送用于指示K1个时间单元的信息。In a possible implementation, the first satellite device sends information indicating K1 time units; and/or, for example, the first satellite device may send information indicating K1 time units to the terminal device.

一种可能的实施方式中,第一卫星装置发送用于指示K2个时间单元的信息。比如第一卫星装置可以向终端装置发送用于指示K2个时间单元的信息。又一种可能的实施方式中,第一卫星装置可以向第二卫星装置发送用于指示K2个时间单元的信息,以使第二卫星装置在该K2个时间单元发送信号。In one possible implementation, the first satellite device sends information indicating K2 time units. For example, the first satellite device may send information indicating K2 time units to the terminal device. In another possible implementation, the first satellite device may send information indicating K2 time units to the second satellite device, so that the second satellite device sends a signal in the K2 time units.

一种可能的实施方式中,第一时间差小于或等于CP占用的时长的情况下:K1等于或大于N,和/或,K2等于或大于N,N为与终端装置通信的N个卫星装置的数量。又一种可能的实施方式中,第一时间差大于CP占用的时长,且第一时间差小于或等于一个时间单元的时长的情况下:K1等于或大于(N+1),和/或,K2等于或大于(N+1)。In one possible implementation, when the first time difference is less than or equal to the duration of CP occupation: K1 is equal to or greater than N, and/or K2 is equal to or greater than N, where N is the number of N satellite devices communicating with the terminal device. In another possible implementation, when the first time difference is greater than the duration of CP occupation and the first time difference is less than or equal to the duration of a time unit: K1 is equal to or greater than (N+1), and/or K2 is equal to or greater than (N+1).

第二方面以及第二方面的可能的实施方式的相关内容以及有益效果,参见第一方面以及第一方面的可能的实施方式的相关描述,不再赘述。For the relevant contents and beneficial effects of the second aspect and possible implementation methods of the second aspect, please refer to the relevant description of the first aspect and possible implementation methods of the first aspect, and no further details will be given.

第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种信道信息确定方法,该方法可以由第二卫星装置执行。第二卫星装置可以为卫星设备或卫星设备内部的芯片(或芯片系统)。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a channel information determination method, which can be performed by a second satellite device. The second satellite device can be a satellite device or a chip (or chip system) inside the satellite device.

该方法中,第二卫星装置可以获取K2个第二信号对应的第二相位偏移值。K2为大于1的正整数,第二相位偏移值为K2个第二信号中在时域上相邻的两个第二信号之间的相位偏移值,第二相位偏移值与第二卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的值关联。第二卫星装置发送K2个第二信号。In the method, the second satellite device can obtain the second phase offset value corresponding to K2 second signals. K2 is a positive integer greater than 1, and the second phase offset value is the phase offset value between two second signals adjacent in the time domain among the K2 second signals, and the second phase offset value is associated with the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the second satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device. The second satellite device sends K2 second signals.

由于K2个第二信号中在时域上相邻的两个第二信号之间的相位偏移值为第二相位偏移值,且由于第二相位偏移值与第二卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的值关联,因此终端装置在进行信道估计时,可以通过设置第一相位偏移值来降低信号的频率偏移对信道估计精度造成的影响,从而可以提高通过信道估计得到的信道信息的准确度。Since the phase offset value between two second signals adjacent in the time domain among the K2 second signals is the second phase offset value, and since the second phase offset value is associated with the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the second satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device, the terminal device can reduce the influence of the frequency offset of the signal on the accuracy of channel estimation by setting the first phase offset value when performing channel estimation, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information obtained through channel estimation.

一种可能的实施方式中,第二相位偏移值与第一频率差关联,第一频率差为第一卫星装置的信号和第二卫星装置的信号分别传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的差值。In a possible implementation manner, the second phase offset value is associated with a first frequency difference, where the first frequency difference is a difference in frequency offsets that occur when a signal from the first satellite device and a signal from the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device.

一种可能的实施方式中,第一相位偏移值、第二相位偏移值和第一频率差关联,第一相位偏移值为第一卫星装置发送的K1个第一信号中在时域上相邻的两个第一信号之间的相位偏移值,K1为大于1的正整数。In a possible implementation, the first phase offset value, the second phase offset value and the first frequency difference are associated, the first phase offset value is the phase offset value between two first signals adjacent in the time domain among K1 first signals sent by the first satellite device, and K1 is a positive integer greater than 1.

一种可能的实施方式中,第二卫星装置接收用于指示第二相位偏移值的信息。一种可能的实施方式中,第二卫星装置接收用于指示K2个时间单元的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the second satellite device receives information indicating the second phase offset value. In a possible implementation manner, the second satellite device receives information indicating K2 time units.

第三方面以及第三方面的可能的实施方式的相关内容以及有益效果,参见第一方面以及第一方面的可能的实施方式的相关描述,不再赘述。For the relevant contents and beneficial effects of the third aspect and possible implementation methods of the third aspect, please refer to the relevant description of the first aspect and possible implementation methods of the first aspect, and no further details will be given.

第四方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为前述终端装置、第一卫星装置或第二卫星装置。该通信装置可以包括通信单元和处理单元,以执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面,或执行第一方面至第三方面的任一种可能的实施方式。通信单元用于执行与发送和接收相关的功能。通信单元可以称为收发单元。可选地,通信单元包括接收单元和发送单元。在一种设计中,通信装置为通信芯片,处理单元可以是一个或多个处理器或处理器核心,通信单元可以为通信芯片的输入输出电路、输入输出接口或者天线端口。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, which may be the aforementioned terminal device, the first satellite device, or the second satellite device. The communication device may include a communication unit and a processing unit to perform any aspect of the first to third aspects above, or to perform any possible implementation of the first to third aspects. The communication unit is used to perform functions related to sending and receiving. The communication unit may be referred to as a transceiver unit. Optionally, the communication unit includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. In one design, the communication device is a communication chip, the processing unit may be one or more processors or processor cores, and the communication unit may be an input/output circuit, an input/output interface, or an antenna port of the communication chip.

在另一种设计中,通信单元可以为发射器和接收器,或者通信单元为发射机和接收机。In another design, the communication unit may be a transmitter and a receiver, or the communication unit may be a transmitter and a receiver.

可选的,通信装置还包括可用于执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面,或执行第一方面至第三方面的任一种可能的实施方式的各个模块。Optionally, the communication device also includes various modules that can be used to execute any aspect of the first to third aspects above, or execute any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.

第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为前述终端装置、第一卫星装置或第二卫星装置。该通信装置可以包括处理器和存储器,以执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面,或执行第一方面至第三方面的任一种可能的实施方式。可选的,还包括收发器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序或指令,当处理器执行存储器中的计算机程序或指令时,使得该通信装置执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面,或执行第一方面至第三方面的任一种可能的实施方式。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, which may be the aforementioned terminal device, the first satellite device, or the second satellite device. The communication device may include a processor and a memory to execute any one of the first to third aspects, or any possible implementation of the first to third aspects. Optionally, a transceiver is further included, the memory is used to store a computer program or instruction, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program or instruction from the memory, and when the processor executes the computer program or instruction in the memory, the communication device executes any one of the first to third aspects, or any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.

可选的,处理器为一个或多个,存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors and one or more memories.

可选的,存储器可以与处理器集成在一起,或者存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.

可选的,收发器中可以包括,发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。Optionally, the transceiver may include a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).

第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为前述终端装置、第一卫星装置或第二卫星装置。该通信装置可以包括处理器,以执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面,或执行第一方面至第三方面的任一种可能的实施方式。比如处理器通过逻辑电路或执行存储器中的计算机程序或指令,执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面,或执行第一方面至第三方面的任一种可能的实施方式。该处理器与存储器耦合。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, which may be the aforementioned terminal device, the first satellite device, or the second satellite device. The communication device may include a processor to execute any aspect of the first to third aspects, or any possible implementation of the first to third aspects. For example, the processor executes any aspect of the first to third aspects, or any possible implementation of the first to third aspects, through a logic circuit or by executing a computer program or instruction in a memory. The processor is coupled to the memory. Optionally, the communication device also includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device also includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.

在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为终端装置、第一卫星装置或第二卫星装置时,通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。可选地,收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。In one implementation, when the communication device is a terminal device, a first satellite device, or a second satellite device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface. Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.

在又一种实现方式中,当该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统时,通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。In another implementation, when the communication device is a chip or a chip system, the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip or the chip system, etc. The processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.

第七方面,提供了一种系统,系统包括上述终端装置。In a seventh aspect, a system is provided, the system comprising the above-mentioned terminal device.

一种可能的实现方式中,该系统还可以包括第一卫星装置和/或第二卫星装置。In a possible implementation manner, the system may further include a first satellite device and/or a second satellite device.

第八方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面,或执行第一方面至第三方面的任一种可能的实施方式。In an eighth aspect, a computer program product is provided, which includes: a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions), which, when executed, enables a computer to execute any one of the first to third aspects described above, or any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.

第九方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面,或执行第一方面至第三方面的任一种可能的实施方式。In the ninth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, which stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions). When the computer program is run on a computer, the computer executes any one of the first to third aspects above, or executes any possible implementation of the first to third aspects.

第十方面,提供了一种处理装置,包括:接口电路和处理电路。接口电路可以包括输入电路和输出电路。处理电路用于通过输入电路接收信号,并通过输出电路发射信号,使得上述第一方面至第三方面中的任一方面,或执行第一方面至第三方面的任一种可能的实施方式被实现。In a tenth aspect, a processing device is provided, comprising: an interface circuit and a processing circuit. The interface circuit may include an input circuit and an output circuit. The processing circuit is used to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that any aspect of the first to third aspects above, or any possible implementation of the first to third aspects is implemented.

在具体实现过程中,上述处理装置可以为芯片,输入电路可以为输入管脚,输出电路可以为输出管脚,处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的,输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的,且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路,该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。In the specific implementation process, the above-mentioned processing device can be a chip, the input circuit can be an input pin, the output circuit can be an output pin, and the processing circuit can be a transistor, a gate circuit, a trigger, and various logic circuits. The input signal received by the input circuit can be, for example, but not limited to, received and input by a receiver, and the signal output by the output circuit can be, for example, but not limited to, output to a transmitter and transmitted by the transmitter, and the input circuit and the output circuit can be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times. This application does not limit the specific implementation of the processor and various circuits.

在一种实现方式中,当通信装置是终端装置、第一卫星装置或第二卫星装置。接口电路可以为终端装置、第一卫星装置或第二卫星装置中的射频处理芯片,处理电路可以为终端装置、第一卫星装置或第二卫星装置中的基带处理芯片。In one implementation, when the communication device is a terminal device, a first satellite device, or a second satellite device, the interface circuit may be a radio frequency processing chip in the terminal device, the first satellite device, or the second satellite device, and the processing circuit may be a baseband processing chip in the terminal device, the first satellite device, or the second satellite device.

在又一种实现方式中,通信装置可以是终端装置、第一卫星装置或第二卫星装置中的部分器件,如系统芯片或通信芯片等集成电路产品。接口电路可以为该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。处理电路可以为该芯片上的逻辑电路。In another implementation, the communication device may be a part of a terminal device, a first satellite device or a second satellite device, such as an integrated circuit product such as a system chip or a communication chip. The interface circuit may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip or the chip system. The processing circuit may be a logic circuit on the chip.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

图1A为本申请实施例适用的一种通信系统的网络架构示意图;FIG1A is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application;

图1B为本申请实施例适用的又一种通信系统的网络架构示意图;FIG1B is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application;

图2为本申请实施例提供的一种信道信息确定方法的可能的流程示意图;FIG2 is a possible flow chart of a method for determining channel information provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图3A为本申请实施例适用的一种通信系统的网络架构示意图;FIG3A is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application;

图3B为本申请实施例适用的又一种通信系统的网络架构示意图;FIG3B is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of the present application;

图4为本申请实施例提供的又一种信道信息确定方法的可能的流程示意图;FIG4 is a possible flow chart of another method for determining channel information provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图5A为本申请实施例提供的终端装置接收到的信号的一种可能的示例;FIG5A is a possible example of a signal received by a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图5B为本申请实施例提供的终端装置接收到的信号的一种可能的示例;FIG5B is a possible example of a signal received by a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图6为本申请实施例提供的一种效果示意图;FIG6 is a schematic diagram of an effect provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图7为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的可能的结构示意图;FIG7 is a possible structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图8为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的可能的结构示意图。FIG8 is a possible structural diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

下面对本申请实施例涉及到的名词和术语进行解释。The nouns and terms involved in the embodiments of the present application are explained below.

(1)参考信号。(1) Reference signal

本申请实施例中的参考信号包括上行参考信号和下行参考信号。上行参考信号是指由终端装置发送的信号,比如终端装置通过上行链路向网络装置发送的信号。下行参考信号是指由网络装置发送的信号,比如网络装置通过下行链路向终端装置发送的信号。The reference signal in the embodiment of the present application includes an uplink reference signal and a downlink reference signal. An uplink reference signal refers to a signal sent by a terminal device, such as a signal sent by a terminal device to a network device via an uplink. A downlink reference signal refers to a signal sent by a network device, such as a signal sent by a network device to a terminal device via a downlink.

本申请实施例中参考信号可以包括(或为)解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)、信道状态(channel state information reference signal,CSI)参考信号(reference signal,RS)、同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB)、同步信号/物理层广播信道块(Synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block,SS/PBCH block)、或者跟踪参考信号(tracking reference signal,TRS)、相位跟踪参考信号(phase tracking reference signal,PTRS)、小区参考信号(cell reference signal,CRS)、探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)等。In the embodiments of the present application, the reference signal may include (or be) a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), a channel state information reference signal (CSI) reference signal (RS), a synchronization signal block (SSB), a synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (SS/PBCH block), or a tracking reference signal (TRS), a phase tracking reference signal (PTRS), a cell reference signal (CRS), a sounding reference signal (SRS), etc.

(2)资源。(2) Resources.

本申请实施例中的资源可以包括时域资源和/或频域资源。The resources in the embodiments of the present application may include time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources.

时域资源可以包括无线帧、子帧、时隙(slot)、微时隙(mini slot)或者正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号(symbol)中的至少一项。一个时间单元可以包括一个无线帧、一个子帧、一个时隙(slot)、一个微时隙(mini slot)或者一个OFDM符号(symbol)。一个时间单元还可以包括由多个无线帧或多个子帧或多个时隙或多个微时隙或多个OFDM符号聚合组成的资源。其中,一个无线帧可以包括多个子帧,一个子帧可以包括一个或多个时隙,一个时隙可以包括至少一个符号。或者,一个无线帧可以包括多个时隙,一个时隙可以包括至少一个符号。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,一个OFDM符号也可以简称为一个符号。Time domain resources may include at least one of a radio frame, a subframe, a slot, a mini slot, or an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol. A time unit may include a radio frame, a subframe, a slot, a mini slot, or an OFDM symbol. A time unit may also include resources composed of multiple radio frames, multiple subframes, multiple slots, multiple mini slots, or multiple OFDM symbols. Among them, a radio frame may include multiple subframes, a subframe may include one or more slots, and a slot may include at least one symbol. Alternatively, a radio frame may include multiple slots, and a slot may include at least one symbol. It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, an OFDM symbol may also be referred to as a symbol.

频域资源可以包括资源元素(resource element,RE)、资源块(resources block,RB)、信道、子信道(sub channel)、载波(carrier)或部分带宽(BWP,bandwidth part)中的至少一项。一个频域单元可以包括一个RE、一个RB、一个信道、一个子信道(sub channel)、一个载波(carrier),或一个部分带宽(BWP,bandwidth part)等。一个频域单元还可以包括由多个RE或多个RB或多个子信道或多个载波或多个BWP聚合组成的资源。本申请实施例中,信道可以等价替换为资源块集(resource block set,RB set),一个RB set的频域带宽可以是20兆赫兹(mega hertz,MHz)。Frequency domain resources may include at least one of a resource element (RE), a resource block (RB), a channel, a sub-channel, a carrier, or a bandwidth part (BWP). A frequency domain unit may include an RE, an RB, a channel, a sub-channel, a carrier, or a bandwidth part (BWP), etc. A frequency domain unit may also include resources composed of multiple REs or multiple RBs or multiple sub-channels or multiple carriers or multiple BWPs. In an embodiment of the present application, a channel may be equivalently replaced by a resource block set (RB set), and the frequency domain bandwidth of an RB set may be 20 megahertz (MHz).

本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:地面通信系统,NTN通信系统,例如卫星通信系统。其中,卫星通信系统可以与移动通信系统相融合。例如:移动通信系统可以为第四代(4th Generation,4G)通信系统(例如,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统),全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统,第五代(5th Generation,5G)通信系统(例如,新无线(new radio,NR)系统),及未来的移动通信系统等。移动通信系统还可以为车到万物(vehicle to everything,V2X)系统,物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: ground communication system, NTN communication system, such as satellite communication system. Among them, the satellite communication system can be integrated with the mobile communication system. For example: the mobile communication system can be a fourth generation (4th Generation, 4G) communication system (for example, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system), a world-wide interoperability for microwave access (worldwide interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX) communication system, a fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) communication system (for example, a new wireless (new radio, NR) system), and future mobile communication systems. The mobile communication system can also be a vehicle to everything (V2X) system and an Internet of Things (IoT) system.

图1A和图1B示例性示出了本申请实施例适用的几种通信系统的网络架构示意图。该通信系统可以包括卫星、网络设备和终端设备等。该通信系统还可以包括网关和核心网设备。图1A和图1B示例性示出了NTN与地面网络的融合网络架构。下面结合附图进行介绍。FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B exemplarily illustrate schematic diagrams of network architectures of several communication systems applicable to embodiments of the present application. The communication system may include satellites, network devices, and terminal devices, etc. The communication system may also include gateways and core network devices. FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B exemplarily illustrate the converged network architecture of NTN and terrestrial networks. The following is an introduction in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.

(1)卫星。(1) Satellite.

卫星可以是高椭圆轨道(highly elliptical orbiting,HEO)卫星、GEO卫星、中轨(medium earth orbit,MEO)卫星和低轨(low-earth orbit,LEO)卫星。本申请实施例对卫星的工作模式不作限制,例如,卫星的工作模式可以是透传(transparent)模式,也可以是再生(regenerative)模式。图1A是以卫星的工作模式为透传模式为例进行示意的,图1B是以卫星的工作模式为再生模式为例进行示意的。The satellite may be a highly elliptical orbiting (HEO) satellite, a GEO satellite, a medium earth orbit (MEO) satellite, and a low earth orbit (LEO) satellite. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the working mode of the satellite. For example, the working mode of the satellite may be a transparent mode or a regenerative mode. FIG. 1A illustrates the working mode of the satellite as a transparent mode, and FIG. 1B illustrates the working mode of the satellite as a regenerative mode.

卫星工作在透传(transparent)模式时,卫星具有中继的透明转发的功能。网关具有网络设备(比如基站)的功能或部分网络设备(比如基站)功能,此时可以将网关看做是网络设备(比如基站)。或者,网络设备(比如基站)可以与网关分开部署,那么馈电链路的时延就包括卫星到网关以及网关到gNB的时延两部分。后面讨论的透传模式是以网关和gNB在一起或位置相近的情况为例,对于网关与gNB相距较远的情况,馈电链路时延将卫星到网关和网关到gNB的时延相加即可。When the satellite works in transparent mode, the satellite has the function of transparent forwarding of relay. The gateway has the functions of a network device (such as a base station) or part of the functions of a network device (such as a base station). In this case, the gateway can be regarded as a network device (such as a base station). Alternatively, the network device (such as a base station) can be deployed separately from the gateway, then the delay of the feeder link includes the delay from the satellite to the gateway and the delay from the gateway to the gNB. The transparent mode discussed later takes the case where the gateway and the gNB are together or close to each other as an example. For the case where the gateway and the gNB are far apart, the delay of the feeder link is the sum of the delay from the satellite to the gateway and the delay from the gateway to the gNB.

当卫星工作在再生(regenerative)模式时,卫星具有数据处理能力、具有网络设备(比如基站)的功能或部分网络设备(比如基站)功能,此时可以将卫星看做是网络设备(比如基站)。When the satellite operates in regenerative mode, it has data processing capabilities, the functions of a network device (such as a base station) or partial functions of a network device (such as a base station). At this time, the satellite can be regarded as a network device (such as a base station).

卫星可通过广播通信信号和导航信号等与终端进行无线通信。可选的,每颗卫星可以通过多个波束为终端设备提供通信服务、导航服务和定位服务等。例如,每颗卫星采用多个波束覆盖服务区域,不同波束之间的关系可为时分、频分和空分中的一种或多种。Satellites can communicate wirelessly with terminals by broadcasting communication signals and navigation signals. Optionally, each satellite can provide communication services, navigation services, and positioning services to terminal devices through multiple beams. For example, each satellite uses multiple beams to cover the service area, and the relationship between different beams can be one or more of time division, frequency division, and space division.

(2)网关。(2) Gateway.

网关(或称地面站、地球站、信关站、关口站)(gateway),可用于连接卫星和地面的网络设备(比如地面的基站)。一个或多个卫星可以通过一个或多个网关连接到一个或多个地面的网络设备(比如地面的基站),在此不做限制。A gateway (also called a ground station, earth station, gateway station, or gateway station) can be used to connect satellites and ground network devices (such as ground base stations). One or more satellites can be connected to one or more ground network devices (such as ground base stations) through one or more gateways, without limitation.

卫星与终端间的链路称作服务链路(service link),卫星与网关间的链路称作馈电链路(feeder link)。网络设备可以与网关分开部署,那么馈电链路的时延可以包括卫星到网关以及网关到网络设备的时延两部分。The link between the satellite and the terminal is called the service link, and the link between the satellite and the gateway is called the feeder link. Network equipment can be deployed separately from the gateway, so the delay of the feeder link can include the delay from the satellite to the gateway and the delay from the gateway to the network equipment.

(3)网络设备。(3) Network equipment.

本申请实施例中的网络设备可以包括部署于卫星的网络设备(比如卫星基站),也可以包括部署于网关的网络设备,也可以包括部署于地面的网络设备(比如地面基站)。The network devices in the embodiments of the present application may include network devices deployed on satellites (such as satellite base stations), may include network devices deployed on gateways, and may include network devices deployed on the ground (such as ground base stations).

本申请实施例中涉及到的网络设备可以为无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点。RAN可以是第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)中定义的演进的通用陆地无线接入(evolved universal terrestrial radio access,E-UTRA)系统、NR系统以及未来的无线接入系统。RAN还可以包括上述两种或两种以上不同的无线接入系统。RAN还可以是开放式RAN(open RAN,O-RAN)。The network device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a radio access network (RAN) node. The RAN may be an evolved universal terrestrial radio access (E-UTRA) system, an NR system, and a future radio access system defined in the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP). The RAN may also include two or more of the above-mentioned different radio access systems. The RAN may also be an open RAN (O-RAN).

RAN节点,也称为无线接入网设备、RAN实体或接入节点,用以帮助终端通过无线方式接入到通信系统中。在一种应用场景中,RAN节点可以是基站(base station)、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNodeB)、发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、未来移动通信系统中的基站。RAN节点可以是宏基站,也可以是微基站或室内站,还可以是中继节点或施主节点。RAN nodes, also known as radio access network equipment, RAN entities or access nodes, are used to help terminals access the communication system wirelessly. In an application scenario, RAN nodes can be base stations (base stations), evolved NodeBs (eNodeBs), transmission reception points (TRPs), next generation NodeBs (gNBs) in the fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system, and base stations in future mobile communication systems. RAN nodes can be macro base stations, micro base stations or indoor stations, and can also be relay nodes or donor nodes.

在另一种应用场景中,可以通过多个RAN节点的协作来帮助终端实现无线接入,不同的RAN节点分别实现基站的部分功能。例如,RAN节点可以是集中式单元(central unit,CU)、分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)或无线单元(radio unit,RU)。这里的CU完成基站的无线资源控制协议和分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)的功能,还可以完成业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)的功能;DU完成基站的无线链路控制层和介质访问控制(medium access control,MAC)层的功能,还可以完成部分物理层或全部物理层的功能,有关上述各个协议层的具体描述,可以参考3GPP的相关技术规范。RU可以用于实现射频信号的收发功能。CU和DU可以是两个独立的RAN节点,也可以是集成在同一个RAN节点中,例如集成在基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)中。RU可以包括在射频设备中,例如包括在射频拉远单元(remote radio unit,RRU)或有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU可以进一步划分为CU-控制面和CU-用户面两种类型的RAN节点。In another application scenario, the cooperation of multiple RAN nodes can help the terminal achieve wireless access, and different RAN nodes respectively implement part of the functions of the base station. For example, the RAN node can be a centralized unit (CU), a distributed unit (DU) or a radio unit (RU). The CU here completes the functions of the radio resource control protocol and the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) of the base station, and can also complete the function of the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP); the DU completes the functions of the radio link control layer and the medium access control (MAC) layer of the base station, and can also complete the functions of part or all of the physical layer. For the specific description of the above-mentioned protocol layers, please refer to the relevant technical specifications of 3GPP. RU can be used to implement the transceiver function of the radio frequency signal. CU and DU can be two independent RAN nodes, or they can be integrated in the same RAN node, such as integrated in the baseband unit (BBU). The RU may be included in a radio frequency device, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) or an active antenna unit (AAU). The CU may be further divided into two types of RAN nodes: CU-control plane and CU-user plane.

在不同的系统中,RAN节点可能有不同的名称,例如,在O-RAN系统中,CU可以称为开放式CU(open CU,O-CU),DU可以称为开放式DU(open DU,O-DU),RU可以称为开放式RU(open RU,O-RU)。本申请的实施例中的RAN节点可以通过软件模块、硬件模块、或者软件模块与硬件模块结合的方式来实现,例如,RAN节点可以是加载了相应软件模块的服务器。本申请的实施例对RAN节点所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。为了便于描述,下文中以基站作为RAN节点的一个举例进行描述。In different systems, RAN nodes may have different names. For example, in an O-RAN system, CU may be called an open CU (open CU, O-CU), DU may be called an open DU (open DU, O-DU), and RU may be called an open RU (open RU, O-RU). The RAN node in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by a software module, a hardware module, or a combination of a software module and a hardware module. For example, the RAN node may be a server loaded with a corresponding software module. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the RAN node. For ease of description, the following description takes a base station as an example of a RAN node.

(4)核心网设备(core network,CN)。(4) Core network equipment (core network, CN).

核心网设备,是一种设置在地面且能与NTN系统中的NTN设备进行通信的设备。CN设备是移动通信系统中CN部分中包含的网元。CN设备能够将终端设备接入到不同的数据网络,以及进行认证、计费、移动性管理、会话管理、策略控制、用户面转发等业务。CN设备可为目前的移动通信系统(如第5代(5thgeneration,5G)移动通信系统)中的CN设备,也可为未来移动通信系统中的CN设备。在不同制式的移动通信系统中,具有相同功能的CN设备的名称可以存在差异。然而,本申请实施例不限定具有每个功能的CN设备的具体名称。Core network equipment is a device that is installed on the ground and can communicate with NTN equipment in the NTN system. CN equipment is a network element contained in the CN part of the mobile communication system. CN equipment can connect terminal equipment to different data networks, and perform authentication, billing, mobility management, session management, policy control, user plane forwarding and other services. CN equipment can be a CN device in a current mobile communication system (such as a 5th generation (5G) mobile communication system), or it can be a CN device in a future mobile communication system. In mobile communication systems of different standards, the names of CN devices with the same functions may be different. However, the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific names of CN devices with each function.

例如,在第4代(4thgeneration,4G)移动通信系统(即长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)中,负责接入控制、安全控制和信令协调等功能的网元为移动性管理实体(Mobile management entity,MME);作为本地移动管理锚点的网元为服务网关(serving gateway,S-GW);作为外部数据网络的切换的锚点、负责因特网协议(internet protocol,IP)地址分配的网元为分组数据网络(packet data network,PDN)网关(PDN gateway,P-GW);存储用户相关数据和签约数据的网元为归属签约服务器(home subscriber server,HSS);负责策略、计费功能的网元称为策略与计费控制规则功能(policy and charging rule function,PCRF)网元。For example, in the 4th generation (4G) mobile communication system (i.e., long term evolution (LTE), the network element responsible for access control, security control, and signaling coordination is the mobility management entity (MME); the network element serving as the local mobility management anchor is the serving gateway (S-GW); the network element serving as the anchor for switching of the external data network and responsible for Internet protocol (IP) address allocation is the packet data network (PDN) gateway (P-GW); the network element storing user-related data and subscription data is the home subscriber server (HSS); the network element responsible for policy and charging functions is called the policy and charging rule function (PCRF) network element.

又例如,在5G移动通信系统中,按照具体的逻辑功能划分,核心网可以分为控制面(control plane,CP)和用户面(user plane,UP)。其中,CN中负责控制面功能的网元可以统称为控制面网元,负责用户面功能的网元可以统称为用户面网元。具体的,在用户面,作为数据网络的接口、负责用户面数据转发等功能的网元为用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元。在控制面中,负责接入控制、移动性管理功能的网元称为接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元;负责会话管理、控制策略的执行的网元称为会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元;负责管理签约数据、用户接入授权等功能的网元称为统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)网元;负责计费、策略控制功能的网元称为策略控制功能(Policy and charging function,PCF)网元;负责传输应用侧对网络侧的需求的应用功能(application function,AF)网元。For another example, in a 5G mobile communication system, according to the specific logical functions, the core network can be divided into a control plane (CP) and a user plane (UP). Among them, the network elements responsible for the control plane function in the CN can be collectively referred to as control plane network elements, and the network elements responsible for the user plane function can be collectively referred to as user plane network elements. Specifically, in the user plane, the network element that serves as the interface of the data network and is responsible for functions such as user plane data forwarding is a user plane function (UPF) network element. In the control plane, the network element responsible for access control and mobility management functions is called access and mobility management function (AMF) network element; the network element responsible for session management and execution of control policies is called session management function (SMF) network element; the network element responsible for managing contract data, user access authorization and other functions is called unified data management (UDM) network element; the network element responsible for billing and policy control functions is called policy control function (PCF) network element; the application function (AF) network element is responsible for transmitting the requirements of the application side to the network side.

(5)终端。(5)Terminal.

终端是具有无线收发功能的设备,可以向基站发送信号,或接收来自基站的信号。终端也可以称为终端设备、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台、移动终端等。终端可以广泛应用于各种场景,例如,设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)、车物(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信、机器类通信(machine-type communication,MTC)、物联网(internet of things,IOT)、虚拟现实、增强现实、工业控制、自动驾驶、远程医疗、智能电网、智能家具、智能办公、智能穿戴、智能交通、智慧城市等。终端可以是手机、平板电脑、带无线收发功能的电脑、可穿戴设备、车辆、飞机、轮船、机器人、机械臂、智能家居设备等。本申请的实施例对终端所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。A terminal is a device with wireless transceiver function, which can send signals to a base station or receive signals from a base station. A terminal can also be called a terminal device, user equipment (UE), mobile station, mobile terminal, etc. Terminals can be widely used in various scenarios, such as device-to-device (D2D), vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), Internet of Things (IOT), virtual reality, augmented reality, industrial control, automatic driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation, smart city, etc. A terminal can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a computer with wireless transceiver function, a wearable device, a vehicle, an airplane, a ship, a robot, a mechanical arm, a smart home device, etc. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the terminal.

本申请实施例也可以适用于其他通信系统架构,比如空地(air to ground,ATG)通信系统,该通信系统包括至少一个网络设备和至少一个高空终端。高空终端例如包括高空飞机和机上终端等。上述图1A和图1B中的卫星也可以替换为其他中继设备,比如可以替换为高空平台(high altitude platform station,HAPS)等其他NTN设备。图1A或图1B所示的通信系统作为一个示例,并不对本申请实施例提供的方法适用的通信系统构成限定。The embodiments of the present application may also be applicable to other communication system architectures, such as an air-to-ground (ATG) communication system, which includes at least one network device and at least one high-altitude terminal. The high-altitude terminal includes, for example, a high-altitude aircraft and an onboard terminal. The satellites in the above-mentioned Figures 1A and 1B may also be replaced by other relay devices, such as other NTN devices such as a high altitude platform station (HAPS). The communication system shown in Figure 1A or 1B is an example and does not limit the communication system to which the method provided in the embodiments of the present application is applicable.

基于图1A和图1B所示的内容以及上述其他内容,图2示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的可能的流程示意图。本申请提供的通信方法例如也可以称为信道信息确定的方法。为了便于理解,图2中以终端装置、网络装置和卫星装置的交互为例进行介绍。本申请实施例中的N个卫星装置中的任意一个可以为图1A或图1B中的卫星或卫星内部的芯片(或芯片系统)。终端装置可以为图1A或图1B中的终端或终端内部的芯片(或芯片系统)。网络装置可以为图1A或图1B中的网络设备或网络设备内部的芯片(或芯片系统)。Based on the contents shown in Figures 1A and 1B and the above-mentioned other contents, Figure 2 exemplarily shows a possible flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The communication method provided in the present application may also be referred to as a method for determining channel information, for example. For ease of understanding, the interaction between a terminal device, a network device, and a satellite device is introduced as an example in Figure 2. Any one of the N satellite devices in the embodiment of the present application may be a satellite in Figure 1A or Figure 1B or a chip (or chip system) inside a satellite. The terminal device may be a terminal in Figure 1A or Figure 1B or a chip (or chip system) inside a terminal. The network device may be a network device in Figure 1A or Figure 1B or a chip (or chip system) inside a network device.

如图2所示,该方法包括步骤201和步骤202。As shown in FIG. 2 , the method includes step 201 and step 202 .

下面结合附图进行介绍。The following is an introduction with reference to the accompanying drawings.

步骤201,N个卫星装置发送信号。Step 201: N satellite devices send signals.

相对应的,终端装置接收N个卫星装置的信号。N为正整数。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives signals from N satellite devices, where N is a positive integer.

针对N个卫星装置中的任一个卫星装置,该卫星装置可以工作在透传模式或再生模式。该卫星装置发送的信号可以是卫星装置生成的,或者可以是卫星装置接收来自网络装置的信号并将该信号发送(比如将信号转发或将信号进行一些处理后发送)给终端装置。本申请实施例中网络装置可以与卫星装置集成于同一个设备或部署于不同的设备。比如网络装置和卫星装置都部署于(或都为)卫星基站,这种情况下也可以理解为卫星装置工作于再生模式。再比如,网络装置也可以与卫星装置属于两个设备,这种情况下也可以理解为卫星装置工作于透传模式。N个卫星装置中的任意两个卫星装置的工作模式可以相同或不同。本申请实施例涉及到的网络装置可以为图1A或图1B中的网络设备或网络设备(比如接入网设备)内部的芯片(或芯片系统)。For any one of the N satellite devices, the satellite device can operate in a transparent transmission mode or a regeneration mode. The signal sent by the satellite device may be generated by the satellite device, or the satellite device may receive a signal from the network device and send the signal (such as forwarding the signal or sending the signal after some processing) to the terminal device. In the embodiment of the present application, the network device can be integrated with the satellite device in the same device or deployed in different devices. For example, the network device and the satellite device are both deployed in (or are both) satellite base stations, in which case it can also be understood that the satellite device operates in a regeneration mode. For another example, the network device may also belong to two devices with the satellite device, in which case it can also be understood that the satellite device operates in a transparent transmission mode. The working modes of any two satellite devices among the N satellite devices may be the same or different. The network device involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the network device in Figure 1A or Figure 1B or a chip (or chip system) inside a network device (such as an access network device).

步骤202,针对N个卫星装置中的卫星装置,终端装置根据该卫星装置发送的信号中的部分或全部,确定该卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息。Step 202: For a satellite device among the N satellite devices, the terminal device determines channel information between the satellite device and the terminal device according to part or all of the signal sent by the satellite device.

比如,N个卫星装置中可以包括第一卫星装置。上述步骤201可以包括:终端装置接收来自第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号。上述步骤202可以包括:终端装置根据K1个第一信号中的部分或全部,确定第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息。一种可能的实施方式中,K1为大于1的正整数,K1个第一信号中在时域上相邻的两个第一信号之间的相位偏移值为第一相位偏移值。当K1大于2时,K1个第一信号中的至少两个时域上相邻的两个第一信号之间的相位偏移值为第一相位偏移值,或者K1个第一信号中的每两个时域上相邻的两个第一信号之间的相位偏移值为第一相位偏移值。第一相位偏移值与第一卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的值关联。For example, the N satellite devices may include the first satellite device. The above step 201 may include: the terminal device receives K1 first signals from the first satellite device. The above step 202 may include: the terminal device determines the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device based on part or all of the K1 first signals. In a possible implementation, K1 is a positive integer greater than 1, and the phase offset value between two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals is a first phase offset value. When K1 is greater than 2, the phase offset value between at least two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals is the first phase offset value, or the phase offset value between every two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals is the first phase offset value. The first phase offset value is associated with the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device.

由于K1个第一信号中在时域上相邻的两个第一信号之间的相位偏移值为第一相位偏移值,且由于第一相位偏移值与第一卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的值关联,因此终端装置在进行信道估计时,可以通过设置第一相位偏移值来降低信号的频率偏移对信道估计精度造成的影响,从而可以提高通过信道估计得到的信道信息的准确度。Since the phase offset value between two adjacent first signals in the time domain among the K1 first signals is the first phase offset value, and since the first phase offset value is associated with the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device, the terminal device can reduce the influence of the frequency offset of the signal on the accuracy of channel estimation by setting the first phase offset value when performing channel estimation, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information obtained through channel estimation.

比如可以通过调整K1个第一信号的中部分或全部第一信号的相位,以使后续在依据K1个第一信号中的部分或全部进行信道估计时,将信道估计公式中干扰的部分减少或消除,从而提高信道估计的准确度,继而提高通过信道估计得到的信道信息的准确度。后续内容会通过公式详细分析在信道估计的计算公式中为何干扰会被减少或消除,此处先不做介绍。For example, the phase of some or all of the K1 first signals can be adjusted so that when channel estimation is performed based on some or all of the K1 first signals, the interference in the channel estimation formula can be reduced or eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel estimation, and then improving the accuracy of the channel information obtained through the channel estimation. The subsequent content will analyze in detail why the interference is reduced or eliminated in the calculation formula of the channel estimation through formulas, which will not be introduced here.

本申请实施例中的N可以为大于1的整数。比如,N可以为2或大于2。N个卫星装置可以为第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置。或者N个卫星装置可以包括第一卫星装置、第二卫星装置以及其他至少一个卫星装置(比如第三卫星装置)。上述步骤201还可以包括:终端装置接收来自第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号。上述步骤202还可以包括:终端装置根据K2个第二信号中的部分或全部,确定第二卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息。N in the embodiment of the present application may be an integer greater than 1. For example, N may be 2 or greater than 2. The N satellite devices may be a first satellite device and a second satellite device. Or the N satellite devices may include a first satellite device, a second satellite device, and at least one other satellite device (such as a third satellite device). The above step 201 may also include: the terminal device receives K2 second signals from the second satellite device. The above step 202 may also include: the terminal device determines the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device based on part or all of the K2 second signals.

本申请实施例中,N个卫星装置的信号到达终端装置时对应的时域资源可以至少部分重叠,且频域资源至少部分重叠。比如N个卫星装置中的每个卫星装置发送的信号到达终端装置时对应的时频资源都包括第一时频资源。也可以理解为:第一时频资源为N个卫星装置中的每个卫星装置发送的信号到达终端装置时对应的时频资源的子集或全集。针对N个卫星装置中的每个卫星装置,该卫星装置传输的信号到达终端装置时,该信号的频域资源可能发送了偏移,时域资源可能也发送了偏移,因此该信号到达终端装置时所对应的时频资源与该信号在发送端占用的时频资源可能并不是完全重叠的,可能会部分重叠或不重叠。In an embodiment of the present application, the time domain resources corresponding to the signals of N satellite devices when they arrive at the terminal device may at least partially overlap, and the frequency domain resources may at least partially overlap. For example, when the signal sent by each of the N satellite devices arrives at the terminal device, the time-frequency resources corresponding to the signal include the first time-frequency resources. It can also be understood that the first time-frequency resources are a subset or a full set of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the signal sent by each of the N satellite devices when it arrives at the terminal device. For each of the N satellite devices, when the signal transmitted by the satellite device arrives at the terminal device, the frequency domain resources of the signal may be sent with an offset, and the time domain resources may also be sent with an offset. Therefore, the time-frequency resources corresponding to the signal when it arrives at the terminal device may not completely overlap with the time-frequency resources occupied by the signal at the transmitting end, and may partially overlap or not overlap.

由于卫星装置与地面之间距离较远,并且卫星装置始终处于高速移动状态中,不同卫星装置发出的信号到达终端装置的时延差可能远超循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP),不同卫星装置发出的信号到达终端装置侧的多普勒频移差可能会和子载波间隔在同一数量级,这使得不同卫星装置发出的信号到达终端装置时在时域上可能会产生符号间干扰(Inter-Symbol Interference,ISI),在频域上可能会产生子载波间干扰(Inter-Carrier Interference,ICI)。继而终端装置在依据来自第一卫星装置的信号获取第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息时,由于其它卫星装置发送的信号对第一卫星装置的信号造成了干扰(比如ISI和/或ICI),因此终端装置获取的第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息可能会不准确,继而导致第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信号传输的抗干扰能力较差,继而导致系统吞吐性能下降。Since the distance between the satellite device and the ground is relatively long, and the satellite device is always in a high-speed moving state, the time delay difference between the signals sent by different satellite devices and the terminal device may far exceed the cyclic prefix (CP), and the Doppler frequency shift difference between the signals sent by different satellite devices and the terminal device may be at the same order of magnitude as the subcarrier spacing, which may cause inter-symbol interference (ISI) in the time domain and inter-carrier interference (ICI) in the frequency domain when the signals sent by different satellite devices reach the terminal device. Then, when the terminal device obtains the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device based on the signal from the first satellite device, since the signals sent by other satellite devices interfere with the signals of the first satellite device (such as ISI and/or ICI), the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device obtained by the terminal device may be inaccurate, which may lead to poor anti-interference ability of the signal transmission between the first satellite device and the terminal device, and then lead to a decrease in system throughput performance.

基于上述问题,本申请实施例可以提供一些方案用于提高终端装置获取的信道信息的准确性。比如在图2提供的实施例中,卫星装置发送的信号的相位可调,本申请实施例可以通过调整至少一个卫星装置(比如第一卫星装置)发送的信号的相位,继而提高终端装置获取的信道信息的准确度。Based on the above problems, the embodiments of the present application can provide some solutions for improving the accuracy of the channel information obtained by the terminal device. For example, in the embodiment provided in FIG. 2 , the phase of the signal sent by the satellite device is adjustable. The embodiments of the present application can adjust the phase of the signal sent by at least one satellite device (such as the first satellite device) to improve the accuracy of the channel information obtained by the terminal device.

又一种可能的实施方式中,第一卫星装置发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量也是可调的,本申请实施例中以一个信号占用的时域资源称为一个时间单元为例进行介绍。本申请实施例可以通过调整至少一个卫星装置(比如第一卫星装置)发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量,继而可以提高终端装置获取的信道信息的准确度。本申请实施例中调整卫星装置发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量也可以替换为:调整卫星装置发送的信号的数量。In another possible implementation, the number of time units occupied by the signal sent by the first satellite device is also adjustable. In the embodiment of the present application, the time domain resource occupied by a signal is referred to as a time unit. In the embodiment of the present application, the number of time units occupied by the signal sent by at least one satellite device (such as the first satellite device) can be adjusted, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information acquired by the terminal device. In the embodiment of the present application, adjusting the number of time units occupied by the signal sent by the satellite device can also be replaced by: adjusting the number of signals sent by the satellite device.

本申请实施例中,卫星装置发送的信号的相位和信号占用的时间单元的数量可以都调,或者调整至少一个。In the embodiment of the present application, the phase of the signal sent by the satellite device and the number of time units occupied by the signal can both be adjusted, or at least one of them can be adjusted.

图3A和图3B示例性示出了本申请实施例适用的几种通信场景示意图。本申请实施例中,终端装置可以与N个卫星装置通信,终端装置可以确定出N个卫星装置中至少一个卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息。在图3A中以该N个卫星装置为第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置为例进行通信,在图3B中以该N个卫星装置为第一卫星装置、第二卫星装置和第三卫星装置为例进行通信。图3A和图3B仅仅为几种可能的示例,实际应用中,在图3A和图3B中,终端装置可能还与其他更多的卫星装置或其他装置通信,图中未示出。图3A和图3B中示出的卫星装置(比如第一卫星装置、第二卫星装置和图3B中的第三卫星装置)可以为图1A或图1B中的卫星或卫星内部的芯片(或芯片系统)。3A and 3B exemplarily illustrate schematic diagrams of several communication scenarios applicable to embodiments of the present application. In an embodiment of the present application, a terminal device can communicate with N satellite devices, and the terminal device can determine the channel information between at least one of the N satellite devices and the terminal device. In FIG3A, the N satellite devices are taken as the first satellite device and the second satellite device for example for communication, and in FIG3B, the N satellite devices are taken as the first satellite device, the second satellite device and the third satellite device for example for communication. FIG3A and FIG3B are only several possible examples. In actual applications, in FIG3A and FIG3B, the terminal device may also communicate with more other satellite devices or other devices, which are not shown in the figure. The satellite devices shown in FIG3A and FIG3B (such as the first satellite device, the second satellite device and the third satellite device in FIG3B) can be the satellite in FIG1A or FIG1B or the chip (or chip system) inside the satellite.

基于图1A、图1B、图2、图3A和图3B所示的应用场景,图4示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的可能的流程示意图。本申请实施例提供的通信方法也可以称为信道信息确定的方法。图4可以视为图2提供的实施例的一种可能的实施方式,该实施例的内容可以参见图3A或图3B中提供的示例。图4中涉及到的网络装置、N个卫星装置和终端装置的相关内容可以参见前述图2的描述,不再赘述。在图4所示的实施例中,以N个卫星装置至少包括第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置为例进行介绍。Based on the application scenarios shown in Figures 1A, 1B, 2, 3A and 3B, Figure 4 exemplarily shows a possible flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a method for determining channel information. Figure 4 can be regarded as a possible implementation of the embodiment provided in Figure 2, and the content of this embodiment can refer to the example provided in Figure 3A or 3B. The relevant content of the network device, N satellite devices and terminal devices involved in Figure 4 can be referred to the description of Figure 2 above, and will not be repeated here. In the embodiment shown in Figure 4, an example is given in which N satellite devices include at least a first satellite device and a second satellite device.

一种可能的实施方式中,当本申请实施例应用于非相干联合传输(non-coherent joint transmission)场景下,N个卫星装置中可以有一个卫星装置为主卫星装置,其它卫星装置可以为辅卫星装置,主卫星装置可以与终端装置之间建立RRC连接,辅卫星装置可以与主卫星装置协同为终端装置提供服务。比如第一卫星装置可以视为主卫星装置,其它卫星装置(比如第二卫星装置)可以视为辅卫星装置。或者,第二卫星装置可以视为主卫星装置,其它卫星装置(比如第一卫星装置)可以视为辅卫星装置。In a possible implementation, when the embodiment of the present application is applied to a non-coherent joint transmission scenario, one of the N satellite devices may be a primary satellite device, and the other satellite devices may be secondary satellite devices. The primary satellite device may establish an RRC connection with the terminal device, and the secondary satellite device may cooperate with the primary satellite device to provide services for the terminal device. For example, the first satellite device may be regarded as the primary satellite device, and the other satellite devices (such as the second satellite device) may be regarded as secondary satellite devices. Alternatively, the second satellite device may be regarded as the primary satellite device, and the other satellite devices (such as the first satellite device) may be regarded as secondary satellite devices.

如图4所示,该方法包括步骤401、步骤402、步骤403和步骤404。下面结合附图进行介绍。As shown in Fig. 4, the method includes step 401, step 402, step 403 and step 404. The method will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.

步骤401,终端装置发送第一信息。Step 401: The terminal device sends first information.

相对应的,第一卫星装置接收第一信息。Correspondingly, the first satellite device receives the first information.

第一信息用于确定第二卫星装置和第一卫星装置分别与终端装置之间的信号传输时延的差。The first information is used to determine the difference in signal transmission delay between the second satellite device and the first satellite device and the terminal device respectively.

本申请实施例中任意两个卫星装置分别与终端装置之间的信号传输时延的差的计算公式中,该两个卫星装置中的任一个卫星装置与终端装置之间的信号传输时延的差可以为减数或被减数。本申请实施例中第二卫星装置和第一卫星装置分别与终端装置之间的信号传输时延的差比如可以为第二卫星装置与终端装置之间的信号传输时延减去第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信号传输时延所得的差,也可以为第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信号传输时延减去第二卫星装置与终端装置之间的信号传输时延所得的差,还可以为第二卫星装置和第一卫星装置分别与终端装置之间的信号传输时延的差的绝对值。In the calculation formula of the difference in signal transmission delays between any two satellite devices and the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application, the difference in signal transmission delays between any one of the two satellite devices and the terminal device can be a subtrahend or a minuend. In the embodiment of the present application, the difference in signal transmission delays between the second satellite device and the first satellite device and the terminal device can be, for example, the difference obtained by subtracting the signal transmission delay between the second satellite device and the terminal device from the signal transmission delay between the first satellite device and the terminal device, or the difference obtained by subtracting the signal transmission delay between the first satellite device and the terminal device from the signal transmission delay between the second satellite device and the terminal device, or the absolute value of the difference in signal transmission delays between the second satellite device and the first satellite device and the terminal device.

本申请实施例中一个卫星装置(比如第一卫星装置或第二卫星装置)与终端装置之间的信号传输时延可以包括:该信号从该卫星装置传输至终端装置所需的时长。In the embodiment of the present application, the signal transmission delay between a satellite device (such as the first satellite device or the second satellite device) and the terminal device may include: the time required for the signal to be transmitted from the satellite device to the terminal device.

第一信息包括的内容可以由多种情况,下面通过实施方式A1和实施方式A2分别进行介绍。在实施方式A1中,终端装置可以确定第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置分别与终端装置之间的信号传输时延,并向第一卫星装置反馈该两个信号传输时延或该两个信号传输时延的差。在实施方式A2中,终端装置可以向第一卫星装置发送终端装置的位置信息,以使第一卫星装置计算两个信号传输时延的差。The content included in the first information may be in various situations, which are respectively introduced in Implementation A1 and Implementation A2 below. In Implementation A1, the terminal device may determine the signal transmission delay between the first satellite device and the second satellite device and the terminal device respectively, and feed back the two signal transmission delays or the difference between the two signal transmission delays to the first satellite device. In Implementation A2, the terminal device may send the location information of the terminal device to the first satellite device so that the first satellite device calculates the difference between the two signal transmission delays.

实施方式A1,第一信息包括用于指示第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置分别与终端装置之间的信号传输时延的差的信息。In implementation A1, the first information includes information indicating a difference in signal transmission delay between the first satellite device and the second satellite device and the terminal device, respectively.

在实施方式A1中,终端装置可以计算第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信号传输时延,并且计算第二卫星装置与终端装置之间的信号传输时延。第一信息可以包括该两个信号传输时延的信息,或第一信息包括该两个信号传输时延的差的信息。第一卫星装置如果接收到的第一信息包括该两个信号传输时延的信息,则可以进一步计算该两个信号传输时延的差。如果第一卫星装置接收到的第一信息包括该两个信号传输时延的差的信息,则可以从第一信息中确定出该两个信号传输时延的差。In implementation A1, the terminal device may calculate the signal transmission delay between the first satellite device and the terminal device, and calculate the signal transmission delay between the second satellite device and the terminal device. The first information may include information about the two signal transmission delays, or the first information includes information about the difference between the two signal transmission delays. If the first information received by the first satellite device includes information about the two signal transmission delays, the difference between the two signal transmission delays may be further calculated. If the first information received by the first satellite device includes information about the difference between the two signal transmission delays, the difference between the two signal transmission delays may be determined from the first information.

在实施方式A1中,终端装置可以有多种实施方式计算一个卫星装置(比如第一卫星装置或第二卫星装置)与终端装置之间的信号传输时延。举个例子,第一卫星装置可以发送信号(比如同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB)),终端装置通过对来自第一卫星装置的SSB进行测量,得到第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信号传输时延。再举个例子,第二卫星装置可以发送信号(比如SSB),终端装置通过对来自第二卫星装置的SSB进行测量,得到第二卫星装置与终端装置之间的信号传输时延。In implementation A1, the terminal device may have multiple implementations to calculate the signal transmission delay between a satellite device (such as a first satellite device or a second satellite device) and the terminal device. For example, the first satellite device may send a signal (such as a synchronization signal block (SSB)), and the terminal device measures the SSB from the first satellite device to obtain the signal transmission delay between the first satellite device and the terminal device. For another example, the second satellite device may send a signal (such as an SSB), and the terminal device measures the SSB from the second satellite device to obtain the signal transmission delay between the second satellite device and the terminal device.

在实施方式A1中,上述示例是以N个卫星装置中的第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置为例进行介绍的。实际应用中,N个卫星装置还可以包括其它卫星装置,比如包括第三卫星装置。这种情况下,第一信息可以包括用于指示T0个信号传输时延差的信息,T0为正整数,T0可以为1,也可以大于1。该T0个信号传输时延差中的任一个信号传输时延差可以包括N个卫星装置中两个卫星装置(比如第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置)分别与终端装置之间的信号传输时延的差的信息。一种可能的实施方式中,该N个卫星装置可以最多对应(N*(N-1)/2)个信号传输时延差,*表示乘,/表示除,T0不大于(N*(N-1)/2)。针对T0个信号传输时延差中的任一个,用于指示该信号传输时延差的信息可以包括该信号传输时延差的信息,或包括用于计算该信号传输时延差的两个信号传输时延,相关方案可以参见前述第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置的相关描述,不再赘述。终端装置获取N个卫星装置中的两个卫星装置分别与终端装置之间的信号传输时延的差的方式可以参见前述终端装置确定第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置分别与终端装置之间的信号传输时延的差的方案,不再赘述。In implementation A1, the above example is introduced by taking the first satellite device and the second satellite device among N satellite devices as examples. In practical applications, the N satellite devices may also include other satellite devices, such as a third satellite device. In this case, the first information may include information for indicating T0 signal transmission delay differences, where T0 is a positive integer, and T0 may be 1 or greater than 1. Any one of the T0 signal transmission delay differences may include information on the difference in signal transmission delays between two satellite devices (such as the first satellite device and the second satellite device) among the N satellite devices and the terminal device, respectively. In a possible implementation, the N satellite devices may correspond to at most (N*(N-1)/2) signal transmission delay differences, where * represents multiplication, / represents division, and T0 is not greater than (N*(N-1)/2). For any one of the T0 signal transmission delay differences, the information for indicating the signal transmission delay difference may include information on the signal transmission delay difference, or include two signal transmission delays for calculating the signal transmission delay difference. For related schemes, please refer to the related descriptions of the first satellite device and the second satellite device mentioned above, and no further description is given. The way in which the terminal device obtains the difference in signal transmission delay between two satellite devices among N satellite devices and the terminal device can refer to the aforementioned solution in which the terminal device determines the difference in signal transmission delay between the first satellite device and the second satellite device and the terminal device, and will not be repeated here.

实施方式A2,第一信息包括终端装置的位置信息。In implementation A2, the first information includes location information of the terminal device.

在实施方式A2中,终端装置可以通过一些方式获取终端装置的位置信息,比如可以通过全球卫星导航系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS)获取终端装置的位置信息。再比如终端装置可以通过一些用于对终端装置进行定位的方案获取终端装置的位置信息。In implementation A2, the terminal device may obtain the location information of the terminal device in some manner, such as obtaining the location information of the terminal device through a global navigation satellite system (GNSS). For another example, the terminal device may obtain the location information of the terminal device through some solutions for positioning the terminal device.

第一卫星装置获取到终端装置的位置信息之后,可以根据第一卫星装置的星历信息和终端装置的位置信息确定第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信号传输时延。进一步,第一卫星装置也可以根据第二卫星装置的星历信息和终端装置的位置信息确定第二卫星装置与终端装置之间的信号传输时延。之后,第一卫星装置可以将该两个信号传输时延的差作为第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置分别与终端装置之间的信号传输时延的差。After the first satellite device acquires the location information of the terminal device, the signal transmission delay between the first satellite device and the terminal device can be determined based on the ephemeris information of the first satellite device and the location information of the terminal device. Further, the first satellite device can also determine the signal transmission delay between the second satellite device and the terminal device based on the ephemeris information of the second satellite device and the location information of the terminal device. Afterwards, the first satellite device can use the difference between the two signal transmission delays as the difference between the signal transmission delays between the first satellite device and the second satellite device and the terminal device, respectively.

在实施方式A2中,当N个卫星装置与终端装置通信,N个卫星装置除了包括有第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置之外,还包括其它卫星装置(比如第三卫星装置)的情况下,第一卫星装置还可以计算更多的信号传输时延差。举个例子,第一卫星装置可以计算T0个信号传输时延差。T0个信号传输时延差的相关内容参见实施方式A1中的描述,不再赘述。针对T0个信号传输时延差中的任一个,第一卫星装置根据终端装置的位置信息计算该信号传输时延差的方案可以参见前述第一卫星装置确定第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置分别与终端装置之间的信号传输时延的差的方案,不再赘述。In implementation A2, when N satellite devices communicate with a terminal device, and the N satellite devices include other satellite devices (such as a third satellite device) in addition to the first satellite device and the second satellite device, the first satellite device can also calculate more signal transmission delay differences. For example, the first satellite device can calculate T0 signal transmission delay differences. For the relevant content of T0 signal transmission delay differences, please refer to the description in implementation A1, which will not be repeated here. For any one of the T0 signal transmission delay differences, the scheme for the first satellite device to calculate the signal transmission delay difference based on the location information of the terminal device can refer to the aforementioned scheme for the first satellite device to determine the difference in signal transmission delays between the first satellite device and the second satellite device and the terminal device, which will not be repeated here.

步骤402,第一卫星装置确定第一卫星装置的待发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量。In step 402, the first satellite device determines the number of time units occupied by the signal to be transmitted by the first satellite device.

步骤402可以替换为:第一卫星装置确定第一卫星装置的待发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量,和/或,第二卫星装置的待发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量。Step 402 may be replaced by: the first satellite device determines the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the first satellite device and/or the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the second satellite device.

本申请实施例中以一个信号占用的时域资源称为一个时间单元为例进行介绍。本申请实施例中待发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量也可以替换为:待发送的信号占用的数量,二者相等。一个时间单元的概念参见前述描述,不再赘述,为了便于理解,本申请实施例中部分内容以一个时间单元为一个符号为例进行介绍。本申请实施例中将第一卫星装置确定的待发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量表示为K1,K1为正整数,步骤402也可以理解为:第一卫星装置确定K1的值。In the embodiment of the present application, the time domain resource occupied by a signal is referred to as a time unit. In the embodiment of the present application, the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent can also be replaced by: the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent, and the two are equal. The concept of a time unit is described above and will not be repeated. For ease of understanding, some contents in the embodiment of the present application are introduced by taking a time unit as a symbol as an example. In the embodiment of the present application, the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent determined by the first satellite device is represented as K1, K1 is a positive integer, and step 402 can also be understood as: the first satellite device determines the value of K1.

一种可能的实施方式中,第一卫星装置的待发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量可以与第一时间差关联。第二卫星装置的待发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量可以与第一时间差关联。或者,也可以理解为,K1个第一信号是第一卫星装置在K1个时间单元上发送的,K2个第二信号是第二卫星装置在K2个时间单元上发送的,K2的值和/或K1的值与第一时间差关联。K1个时间单元与K2个时间单元之间可以存在偏移值,也可以不存在偏移值,比如K1个时间单元为时隙#1的符号#0、符号#1和符号#2,K2个时间单元可以为时隙#1的符号#0、符号#1和符号#2,或K2个时间单元可以为时隙#1的符号#1、符号#2和符号#3。In a possible implementation, the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the first satellite device may be associated with the first time difference. The number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the second satellite device may be associated with the first time difference. Alternatively, it may be understood that K1 first signals are sent by the first satellite device on K1 time units, K2 second signals are sent by the second satellite device on K2 time units, and the value of K2 and/or the value of K1 are associated with the first time difference. There may or may not be an offset value between the K1 time units and the K2 time units, for example, the K1 time units are symbol #0, symbol #1, and symbol #2 of time slot #1, the K2 time units may be symbol #0, symbol #1, and symbol #2 of time slot #1, or the K2 time units may be symbol #1, symbol #2, and symbol #3 of time slot #1.

一种可能的实施方式中,K1个时间单元可以是在时域上连续的K1个时间单元,K2个时间单元可以是在时域上连续的K2个时间单元。或者,也可以描述为,针对N个卫星装置中的卫星装置,该卫星装置发送的多个信号(比如可以用于信道估计的信号)占用的时间单元为连续的。In a possible implementation, the K1 time units may be K1 time units that are continuous in the time domain, and the K2 time units may be K2 time units that are continuous in the time domain. Alternatively, it may be described as that, for a satellite device among the N satellite devices, the time units occupied by multiple signals (such as signals that can be used for channel estimation) sent by the satellite device are continuous.

第一时间差是根据第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号和第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差确定的。The first time difference is determined according to the difference between the times at which the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device respectively arrive at the terminal device.

下面通过示例一和示例二示例性介绍两种可能的实施方式。Two possible implementations are described below by way of example 1 and example 2.

示例一,N个卫星装置可以为第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置,或者N个卫星装置可以包括第一卫星装置、第二卫星装置和至少一个其他卫星装置(比如第三卫星装置)。第一时间差为N个卫星装置中的任意两个卫星装置的待发送信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差。比如第一时间差为第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号和第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差。In example 1, the N satellite devices may be the first satellite device and the second satellite device, or the N satellite devices may include the first satellite device, the second satellite device, and at least one other satellite device (such as the third satellite device). The first time difference is the difference between the time when the signals to be sent from any two satellite devices in the N satellite devices arrive at the terminal device. For example, the first time difference is the difference between the time when K1 first signals from the first satellite device and K2 second signals from the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device.

示例二,N个卫星装置可以包括第一卫星装置、第二卫星装置和至少一个其他卫星装置(比如第三卫星装置)。N个卫星装置对应多个第三时间差,多个第三时间差中的任一个第三时间差为N个卫星装置中的任意两个卫星装置的待发送信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差。第一时间差可以为该多个第三时间差中的一个,比如可以为该多个第三时间差中的最大值。举个例子,第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号和第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差为这些第三时间差中的最大值,则第一时间差为第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号和第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差。Example 2: N satellite devices may include a first satellite device, a second satellite device, and at least one other satellite device (such as a third satellite device). The N satellite devices correspond to multiple third time differences, and any third time difference among the multiple third time differences is the difference between the time when the signals to be sent from any two satellite devices among the N satellite devices arrive at the terminal device respectively. The first time difference may be one of the multiple third time differences, for example, it may be the maximum value among the multiple third time differences. For example, the difference between the time when K1 first signals of the first satellite device and K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device respectively is the maximum value among these third time differences, then the first time difference is the difference between the time when K1 first signals of the first satellite device and K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device respectively.

下面以第一时间差为第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号和第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差为例进行介绍。一种可能的实施方式中,第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号和第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差可以根据该两个卫星装置分别与终端装置之间的信号传输时延确定。下面通过示例一和示例二示例性介绍两种可能的实施方式。The following is an example of the first time difference being the difference between the time when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device. In one possible implementation, the difference between the time when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device can be determined based on the signal transmission delay between the two satellite devices and the terminal device. Two possible implementations are exemplarily introduced below through Example 1 and Example 2.

示例一,第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信号传输时延为信号传输时延#1,第二卫星装置与终端装置之间的信号传输时延为信号传输时延#2,若K1个时间单元与K2个时间单元在时域上是完全重叠的,比如K1个时间单元为时隙#1中的符号#2、符号#3和符号#4,K2个时间单元为时隙#1中的符号#2、符号#3和符号#4,第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置对应的第一时间差为该两个卫星装置分别与终端装置之间的信号传输时延差,比如该第一时间差为信号传输时延#1与信号传输时延#2的差。Example 1: The signal transmission delay between the first satellite device and the terminal device is signal transmission delay #1, and the signal transmission delay between the second satellite device and the terminal device is signal transmission delay #2. If K1 time units and K2 time units are completely overlapped in the time domain, for example, K1 time units are symbol #2, symbol #3 and symbol #4 in time slot #1, and K2 time units are symbol #2, symbol #3 and symbol #4 in time slot #1, the first time difference corresponding to the first satellite device and the second satellite device is the signal transmission delay difference between the two satellite devices and the terminal device respectively, for example, the first time difference is the difference between signal transmission delay #1 and signal transmission delay #2.

示例二,K1个时间单元与K2个时间单元在时域上不是完全重叠的,这种情况下,第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置对应的第一时间差也可以根据该两个卫星装置分别与终端装置之间的信号传输时延差计算出来,比如K1个时间单元为时隙#1中的符号#1、符号#2和符号#3,K2个时间单元为时隙#1中的符号#2、符号#3和符号#4,第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置对应的第一时间差为该两个卫星装置分别与终端装置之间的信号传输时延差加上一个符号占用的时长,比如该第一时间差为信号传输时延#1与信号传输时延#2的差加上一个符号占用的时长。Example 2: K1 time units and K2 time units are not completely overlapping in the time domain. In this case, the first time difference corresponding to the first satellite device and the second satellite device can also be calculated based on the signal transmission delay difference between the two satellite devices and the terminal device respectively. For example, K1 time units are symbol #1, symbol #2 and symbol #3 in time slot #1, and K2 time units are symbol #2, symbol #3 and symbol #4 in time slot #1. The first time difference corresponding to the first satellite device and the second satellite device is the signal transmission delay difference between the two satellite devices and the terminal device respectively plus the duration occupied by one symbol. For example, the first time difference is the difference between signal transmission delay #1 and signal transmission delay #2 plus the duration occupied by one symbol.

下面以第一时间差为第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号和第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差为例,通过实施方式B1和实施方式B2示例性介绍第一卫星装置确定的待发送信号占用的时间单元的数量的方案。本申请实施例中K1个时间单元可以与K2个时间单元完全重叠、部分重叠,或者不重叠。In the following, the first time difference is taken as the difference between the time when K1 first signals of the first satellite device and K2 second signals of the second satellite device respectively arrive at the terminal device, and the scheme of the number of time units occupied by the to-be-sent signal determined by the first satellite device is exemplified by implementation mode B1 and implementation mode B2. In the embodiment of the present application, the K1 time unit may completely overlap, partially overlap, or not overlap with the K2 time unit.

实施方式B1,第一时间差小于或等于CP占用的时长的情况下:K1等于或大于N。N为卫星装置的数量。K1为第一卫星装置的待发送信号占用的时间单元的数量,或者为第一卫星装置的待发送信号的数量。In implementation B1, when the first time difference is less than or equal to the duration occupied by the CP: K1 is equal to or greater than N. N is the number of satellite devices. K1 is the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the first satellite device, or is the number of signals to be sent by the first satellite device.

一种可能的实施方式中,第一卫星装置在第一时间差小于或等于CP占用的时长的情况下,也可以确定K2等于或大于N。又一种可能的实施方式中,第一卫星装置可以确定K1与K2的值相等。In a possible implementation, when the first time difference is less than or equal to the duration of CP occupation, the first satellite device may also determine that K2 is equal to or greater than N. In another possible implementation, the first satellite device may determine that the values of K1 and K2 are equal.

比如,第一时间差小于或等于CP占用的时长的情况下:当N为2(比如N个卫星装置包括第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置),K1的值为2;当N为3(比如N个卫星装置包括第一卫星装置、第二卫星装置和第三卫星装置),K1的值为3。For example, when the first time difference is less than or equal to the duration occupied by the CP: when N is 2 (for example, the N satellite devices include the first satellite device and the second satellite device), the value of K1 is 2; when N is 3 (for example, the N satellite devices include the first satellite device, the second satellite device and the third satellite device), the value of K1 is 3.

实施方式B2,第一时间差大于CP占用的时长,且第一时间差小于或等于一个时间单元的时长的情况下:K1等于或大于(N+1)。In implementation mode B2, when the first time difference is greater than the duration occupied by the CP and the first time difference is less than or equal to the duration of one time unit: K1 is equal to or greater than (N+1).

一种可能的实施方式中,第一卫星装置在第一时间差大于CP占用的时长,且第一时间差小于或等于一个时间单元的时长的情况下,确定K2等于或大于(N+1)。又一种可能的实施方式中,第一卫星装置可以确定K1与K2的值相等。In one possible implementation, the first satellite device determines that K2 is equal to or greater than (N+1) when the first time difference is greater than the duration of CP occupancy and the first time difference is less than or equal to the duration of one time unit. In another possible implementation, the first satellite device may determine that the values of K1 and K2 are equal.

比如,第一时间差大于CP占用的时长,且第一时间差小于或等于一个时间单元的时长的情况下:当N为2(比如N个卫星装置包括第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置),K1的值为3;当N为3(比如N个卫星装置包括第一卫星装置、第二卫星装置和第三卫星装置),K1的值为4。For example, when the first time difference is greater than the duration occupied by the CP, and the first time difference is less than or equal to the duration of a time unit: when N is 2 (for example, the N satellite devices include the first satellite device and the second satellite device), the value of K1 is 3; when N is 3 (for example, the N satellite devices include the first satellite device, the second satellite device and the third satellite device), the value of K1 is 4.

又一种可能的实施方式中,第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号和第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差大于一个时间单元的时长。这种情况下,第一卫星装置可以对第一卫星装置和/或第二卫星装置的待发送信号的发送时间进行调整,和/或,对第一卫星装置和/或第二卫星装置的待发送信号占用的时间单元进行调整,以使调整后的K1个第一信号和第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差小于或等于一个时间单元的时长。之后,第一卫星装置可以将调整后的K1个第一信号和第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差作为第一时间差,继而根据第一时间差确定K1的值和/或K2的值(相关方案可以参见前述实施方式B1和实施方式B2,不再赘述)。In another possible implementation, the difference between the time when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device is greater than the duration of one time unit. In this case, the first satellite device may adjust the sending time of the signal to be sent by the first satellite device and/or the second satellite device, and/or adjust the time unit occupied by the signal to be sent by the first satellite device and/or the second satellite device, so that the difference between the time when the adjusted K1 first signals and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device is less than or equal to the duration of one time unit. Afterwards, the first satellite device may use the difference between the time when the adjusted K1 first signals and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device as the first time difference, and then determine the value of K1 and/or the value of K2 according to the first time difference (the relevant scheme can be referred to the aforementioned implementation B1 and implementation B2, which will not be repeated).

下面通过实施方式C1和实施方式C2示例性介绍两种第一卫星装置调整K1个第一信号和第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间的方案。在实施方式C1中,第一卫星装置可以对第一卫星装置和/或第二卫星装置的待发送信号占用的时间单元进行调整。在实施方式C2中,第一卫星装置可以对第一卫星装置和/或第二卫星装置的待发送信号的发送时间进行调整。实施方式C1和实施方式C2可以结合使用,比如第一卫星装置可以对第一卫星装置和/或第二卫星装置的待发送信号的发送时间进行调整,且对第一卫星装置和/或第二卫星装置的待发送信号占用的时间单元进行调整。The following describes two schemes for adjusting the time when K1 first signals and K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device respectively by way of example through Implementation C1 and Implementation C2. In Implementation C1, the first satellite device may adjust the time unit occupied by the signals to be sent by the first satellite device and/or the second satellite device. In Implementation C2, the first satellite device may adjust the sending time of the signals to be sent by the first satellite device and/or the second satellite device. Implementation C1 and Implementation C2 may be used in combination, for example, the first satellite device may adjust the sending time of the signals to be sent by the first satellite device and/or the second satellite device, and adjust the time unit occupied by the signals to be sent by the first satellite device and/or the second satellite device.

实施方式C1,第一卫星装置调整K1个第一信号和/或K2个第二信号占用的时间单元的索引。In implementation C1, the first satellite device adjusts the indexes of time units occupied by K1 first signals and/or K2 second signals.

本申请实施例中,第一卫星装置可以根据配置信息确定出K1个第一信号原本占用的时间单元,根据配置信息确定出K2个第二信号原本占用的时间单元。第一卫星装置可以调整K1个第一信号和/或K2个第二信号占用的时间单元的索引(比如K1个第一信号占用的时间单元的索引可以被提前或延后,和/或,K2个第二信号占用的时间单元的索引可以被提前或延后),调整之后,K1个时间单元的第一个时间单元与K2个时间单元的第一个时间单元之间包括偏移量(该偏移量英文可以表示为offset)。偏移量用于使第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号和第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差小于或等于一个时间单元的时长。或者,偏移量用于使第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号和第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号到达终端装置时,使终端装置在相同的时频资源上接收该K1个第一信号和K2个第二信号。In an embodiment of the present application, the first satellite device can determine the time unit originally occupied by K1 first signals according to the configuration information, and determine the time unit originally occupied by K2 second signals according to the configuration information. The first satellite device can adjust the index of the time unit occupied by K1 first signals and/or K2 second signals (for example, the index of the time unit occupied by K1 first signals can be advanced or delayed, and/or the index of the time unit occupied by K2 second signals can be advanced or delayed). After the adjustment, the first time unit of the K1 time unit and the first time unit of the K2 time unit include an offset (the offset can be expressed as offset in English). The offset is used to make the difference between the time when the K1 first signal of the first satellite device and the K2 second signal of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device respectively less than or equal to the duration of one time unit. Alternatively, the offset is used to make the terminal device receive the K1 first signal and the K2 second signal on the same time-frequency resource when the K1 first signal of the first satellite device and the K2 second signal of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device.

举个例子,K1个时间单元原本为时隙#1中的符号#2、符号#3和符号#4,K2个时间单元原本为时隙#1中的符号#2、符号#3和符号#4。比如偏移量为两个符号,第一卫星装置可以确定K1个时间单元的索引和/或K2的时间单元的索引需要调整。比如K1个时间单元被调整为时隙#1中的符号#0、符号#1和符号#2。或者,K1个时间单元被调整为时隙#1中的符号#4、符号#5和符号#6。再或者,K1个时间单元被调整为时隙#1中的符号#1、符号#2和符号#3,K2个时间单元被调整为时隙#1中的符号#3、符号#4和符号#5。再或者,K2个时间单元被调整为时隙#1中的符号#0、符号#1和符号#2。再或者,K2个时间单元被调整为时隙#1中的符号#4、符号#5和符号#6。For example, K1 time units are originally symbols #2, #3 and #4 in time slot #1, and K2 time units are originally symbols #2, #3 and #4 in time slot #1. For example, if the offset is two symbols, the first satellite device may determine that the index of K1 time units and/or the index of K2 time units need to be adjusted. For example, K1 time units are adjusted to symbols #0, #1 and #2 in time slot #1. Alternatively, K1 time units are adjusted to symbols #4, #5 and #6 in time slot #1. Alternatively, K1 time units are adjusted to symbols #1, #2 and #3 in time slot #1, and K2 time units are adjusted to symbols #3, #4 and #5 in time slot #1. Alternatively, K2 time units are adjusted to symbols #0, #1 and #2 in time slot #1. Alternatively, K2 time units are adjusted to symbol #4, symbol #5 and symbol #6 in time slot #1.

在实施方式C1中,调整后的K1个时间单元可以与调整后的K2个时间单元可以部分重叠,或者不重叠。或,调整后的K1个时间单元可以与未调整的K2个时间单元可以部分重叠,或者不重叠。或,未调整的K1个时间单元可以与调整后的K2个时间单元可以部分重叠,或者不重叠。In implementation C1, the adjusted K1 time units may partially overlap with the adjusted K2 time units, or may not overlap. Alternatively, the adjusted K1 time units may partially overlap with the unadjusted K2 time units, or may not overlap. Alternatively, the unadjusted K1 time units may partially overlap with the adjusted K2 time units, or may not overlap.

在实施方式C1中,一种可能的实施方式中,第一卫星装置可以向终端装置发送用于指示偏移量的信息,以使终端装置在正确的时域资源位置接收来自第一卫星装置和/或第二卫星装置的信号。In implementation C1, in a possible implementation, the first satellite device may send information indicating an offset to the terminal device, so that the terminal device receives a signal from the first satellite device and/or the second satellite device at a correct time domain resource position.

实施方式C2,第一卫星装置可以调整K1个第一信号和/或K2个第二信号的发送时间。In implementation C2, the first satellite device may adjust the transmission time of K1 first signals and/or K2 second signals.

在实施方式C2中,第一卫星装置可以调整K1个第一信号和/或K2个第二信号的发送时间(比如K1个第一信号的起始发送时刻可以被提前或延后,和/或,K2个第二信号的起始发送时刻可以被提前或延后),调整之后,K1个时间单元的起始发送时刻与K2个时间单元的起始发送时刻之间的差为第二时间差。第二时间差用于使第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号和第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差小于或等于一个时间单元的时长。或者,第二时间差用于使第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号和第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号到达终端装置时,使终端装置在相同的时频资源上接收该K1个第一信号和K2个第二信号。In implementation C2, the first satellite device may adjust the transmission time of K1 first signals and/or K2 second signals (for example, the start transmission time of K1 first signals may be advanced or delayed, and/or the start transmission time of K2 second signals may be advanced or delayed). After the adjustment, the difference between the start transmission time of K1 time units and the start transmission time of K2 time units is the second time difference. The second time difference is used to make the difference between the time when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device respectively arrive at the terminal device less than or equal to the duration of one time unit. Alternatively, the second time difference is used to make the terminal device receive the K1 first signals and the K2 second signals on the same time-frequency resources when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device arrive at the terminal device.

举个例子,K1个时间单元原本为时隙#1中的符号#2、符号#3和符号#4,K2个时间单元原本为时隙#1中的符号#2、符号#3和符号#4。原本K1个时间单元的起始发送时刻(时隙#1中的符号#2的发送时间)与K1个时间单元的起始发送时刻(时隙#1中的符号#2的发送时间)相同,第一卫星装置可以对二者中的一项或两项进行调整。比如第一卫星装置可以确定K1个时间单元的起始发送时刻(时隙#1中的符号#2的发送时间)提前或延迟5毫秒。或者,第一卫星装置可以确定K2个时间单元的起始发送时刻(时隙#1中的符号#2的发送时间)提前或延迟5毫秒。或者,第一卫星装置可以确定K1个时间单元的起始发送时刻(时隙#1中的符号#2的发送时间)提前2毫秒,第一卫星装置可以确定K2个时间单元的起始发送时刻(时隙#1中的符号#2的发送时间)延迟3毫秒。For example, K1 time units are originally symbols #2, #3 and #4 in time slot #1, and K2 time units are originally symbols #2, #3 and #4 in time slot #1. The original start transmission time of K1 time units (the transmission time of symbol #2 in time slot #1) is the same as the start transmission time of K1 time units (the transmission time of symbol #2 in time slot #1), and the first satellite device can adjust one or both of them. For example, the first satellite device can determine that the start transmission time of K1 time units (the transmission time of symbol #2 in time slot #1) is advanced or delayed by 5 milliseconds. Alternatively, the first satellite device can determine that the start transmission time of K2 time units (the transmission time of symbol #2 in time slot #1) is advanced or delayed by 5 milliseconds. Alternatively, the first satellite device may determine the start sending time of K1 time units (the sending time of symbol #2 in time slot #1) to be advanced by 2 milliseconds, and the first satellite device may determine the start sending time of K2 time units (the sending time of symbol #2 in time slot #1) to be delayed by 3 milliseconds.

在实施方式C2中,K1个第一信号占用的K1个时间单元可以与K2个第二信号占用的K2个时间单元完全重叠。比如K1个第一信号占用的K1个时间单元中的第一个时间单元的索引(比如时隙#1的符号#2)可以与如K2个第二信号占用的K2个时间单元中的第一个时间单元的索引(比如时隙#1的符号#2)相同。在实施方式B1.4中,K1个第一信号占用的K1个时间单元可以与K2个第二信号占用的K2个时间单元也可以部分重叠,或者不重叠。In implementation C2, the K1 time units occupied by the K1 first signals may completely overlap with the K2 time units occupied by the K2 second signals. For example, the index of the first time unit among the K1 time units occupied by the K1 first signals (such as symbol #2 of time slot #1) may be the same as the index of the first time unit among the K2 time units occupied by the K2 second signals (such as symbol #2 of time slot #1). In implementation B1.4, the K1 time units occupied by the K1 first signals may partially overlap with the K2 time units occupied by the K2 second signals, or may not overlap.

在实施方式C2中,第一卫星装置调整K1个第一信号的发送时间可以包括调整该K1个第一信号的起始发送时刻,或者调整该K1个第一信号的停止发送时刻,或者调整该K1个第一信号的发送过程中的某一个指定的时刻,上述示例中以调整起始发送时刻为例进行介绍。在实施方式C2中,第一卫星装置调整K2个第二信号的发送时间可以包括调整该K2个第二信号的起始发送时刻,或者调整该K2个第二信号的停止发送时刻,或者调整该K2个第二信号的发送过程中的某一个指定的时刻,上述示例中以调整起始发送时刻为例进行介绍。In implementation C2, the first satellite device adjusting the transmission time of K1 first signals may include adjusting the start transmission time of the K1 first signals, or adjusting the stop transmission time of the K1 first signals, or adjusting a specified time in the transmission process of the K1 first signals. In the above example, adjusting the start transmission time is used as an example for introduction. In implementation C2, the first satellite device adjusting the transmission time of K2 second signals may include adjusting the start transmission time of the K2 second signals, or adjusting the stop transmission time of the K2 second signals, or adjusting a specified time in the transmission process of the K2 second signals. In the above example, adjusting the start transmission time is used as an example for introduction.

在实施方式C2中,一种可能的实施方式中,第一卫星装置可以向终端装置发送用于指示第二时间差的信息,以使终端装置在正确的时域资源位置接收来自第一卫星装置和/或第二卫星装置的信号。In implementation C2, in a possible implementation, the first satellite device may send information indicating the second time difference to the terminal device, so that the terminal device receives signals from the first satellite device and/or the second satellite device at a correct time domain resource location.

一种可能的实施方式中,当第一时间差等于CP占用的时长的情况下,也可以采用实施方式B2的情况,比如K1等于或大于(N+1)。又一种可能的实施方式中,第一时间差等于一个时间单元的时长的情况下,也可以不执行实施方式B2的方案,而是按照第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号和第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号分别到达终端装置的时间之间的差大于一个时间单元的时长的情况下的实施方式来执行。In one possible implementation, when the first time difference is equal to the duration of CP occupancy, the implementation B2 may also be adopted, for example, K1 is equal to or greater than (N+1). In another possible implementation, when the first time difference is equal to the duration of a time unit, the solution of implementation B2 may not be implemented, but the implementation is implemented according to the implementation in which the difference between the time when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device respectively arrive at the terminal device is greater than the duration of a time unit.

在步骤402中,本申请实施例中,N个卫星装置可以为第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置,或者N个卫星装置可以包括第一卫星装置、第二卫星装置和至少一个其他卫星装置(比如第三卫星装置)。N个卫星装置中的任一个卫星装置的待发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量都可以由该卫星装置本身来确定,或者由其他卫星装置来确定。N个卫星装置中的所有卫星装置的待发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量可以由一个卫星装置来确定,或者由多个卫星装置来确定。In step 402, in the embodiment of the present application, the N satellite devices may be the first satellite device and the second satellite device, or the N satellite devices may include the first satellite device, the second satellite device and at least one other satellite device (such as the third satellite device). The number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by any satellite device among the N satellite devices may be determined by the satellite device itself, or by other satellite devices. The number of time units occupied by the signals to be sent by all satellite devices among the N satellite devices may be determined by one satellite device, or by multiple satellite devices.

比如,第一卫星装置的待发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量,以及第二卫星装置的待发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量可以都由第一卫星装置确定,或者都由第二卫星装置确定。或者,第一卫星装置的待发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量由第二卫星装置来确定,第二卫星装置的待发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量由第二卫星装置确定。For example, the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the first satellite device and the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the second satellite device may both be determined by the first satellite device or both be determined by the second satellite device. Alternatively, the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the first satellite device is determined by the second satellite device, and the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the second satellite device is determined by the second satellite device.

本申请实施例中以第一卫星装置来确定第一卫星装置的待发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量,以及第二卫星装置的待发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量为例进行介绍。当这些信息需要其他卫星装置来执行时,比如由第二卫星装置来执行时,第二卫星装置确定第二卫星装置的待发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量,和/或第二卫星装置的待发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量的方案与之类似,且在该方案中,第二卫星装置也可以获取第一信息,比如可以从终端装置接收第一信息(这种情况下,第一卫星装置可以接收第一信息或不需接收第一信息,即步骤401可以执行或不执行),或者从第一卫星装置接收第一信息。In the embodiment of the present application, the first satellite device determines the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the first satellite device and the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the second satellite device as an example. When these information need to be executed by other satellite devices, such as when executed by the second satellite device, the second satellite device determines the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the second satellite device and/or the number of time units occupied by the signal to be sent by the second satellite device in a similar manner, and in this scheme, the second satellite device can also obtain the first information, such as receiving the first information from the terminal device (in this case, the first satellite device can receive the first information or does not need to receive the first information, that is, step 401 can be executed or not executed), or receiving the first information from the first satellite device.

步骤403,第一卫星装置发送第一指示信息。Step 403: The first satellite device sends first indication information.

相对应的,终端装置接收第一指示信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first indication information.

第一指示信息用于指示K1个时间单元的信息。The first indication information is used to indicate information of K1 time units.

第一卫星装置可以基于确定出的K1个时间单元的数量以及信号配置的时频资源确定出K1个时间单元。第一指示信息可以包括K1个时间单元的资源标识和/或资源集标识。The first satellite device may determine K1 time units based on the determined number of K1 time units and the time-frequency resources of the signal configuration. The first indication information may include resource identifiers and/or resource set identifiers of the K1 time units.

又一种可能的实施方式中,第一指示信息还用于指示N个卫星装置中的其他卫星装置(比如第二卫星装置)的待发送信号占用的时间单元的信息。用于指示N个卫星装置中的其他卫星装置(比如第二卫星装置)的待发送信号占用的时间单元的信息可以是第一卫星装置确定的(可以参见步骤402中第一卫星装置确定K2个时间单元的数量的方案),也可以是其他卫星装置(比如第二卫星装置)向第一卫星装置发送的(比如第二卫星装置可以自行确定K2个时间单元,相关方案可以参见第一卫星装置确定K1个时间单元的方案,不再赘述)。In another possible implementation, the first indication information is further used to indicate information about time units occupied by signals to be sent from other satellite devices (such as the second satellite device) among the N satellite devices. The information used to indicate time units occupied by signals to be sent from other satellite devices (such as the second satellite device) among the N satellite devices may be determined by the first satellite device (see the solution in step 402 where the first satellite device determines the number of K2 time units), or may be sent by other satellite devices (such as the second satellite device) to the first satellite device (for example, the second satellite device may determine K2 time units by itself, and the relevant solution may refer to the solution in which the first satellite device determines K1 time units, which will not be described in detail).

以其他卫星装置包括第二卫星装置为例,第一指示信息还用于指示第二卫星装置的待发送信号(即K2个第二信号)占用的K2个时间单元的信息。比如第一指示信息可以包括K2个时间单元的资源标识和/或资源集标识。或者,第一指示信息可以包括K2个时间单元与K1个时间单元之间的偏移量,比如K2个时间单元的第一个时间单元与K1个时间单元中的第一个时间单元之间的偏移量。如此,终端装置可以根据用于指示K1个时间单元的信息以及偏移量确定出K2个时间单元。该方案可以节省用于指示K2个时间单元的信息占用的比特数量。Taking the other satellite devices including the second satellite device as an example, the first indication information is also used to indicate the information of the K2 time units occupied by the signals to be sent by the second satellite device (i.e., K2 second signals). For example, the first indication information may include resource identifiers and/or resource set identifiers of the K2 time units. Alternatively, the first indication information may include an offset between the K2 time units and the K1 time unit, such as the offset between the first time unit of the K2 time units and the first time unit of the K1 time units. In this way, the terminal device can determine the K2 time units based on the information used to indicate the K1 time units and the offset. This scheme can save the number of bits occupied by the information used to indicate the K2 time units.

又一种可能的实施方式中,K2个时间单元与K1个时间单元之间没有偏移量,比如完全重叠,这种情况下,终端装置可以根据用于指示K1个时间单元的信息确定出K2个时间单元。该方案中,也可以理解为用于指示K1个时间单元的信息也为:用于指示K2个时间单元的信息。In another possible implementation, there is no offset between the K2 time units and the K1 time unit, such as complete overlap. In this case, the terminal device can determine the K2 time unit based on the information used to indicate the K1 time unit. In this solution, it can also be understood that the information used to indicate the K1 time unit is also: the information used to indicate the K2 time unit.

又一种可能的实施方式中,步骤403可以不执行。终端装置可以自行计算上述第一指示信息所指示的内容,比如基于第一信息计算出K1个时间单元的数量等。相关方案可以参见前述第一卫星装置基于第一信息计算第一指示信息所指示的内容的介绍,不再赘述。又一种可能的实施方式中,该实施方式中,终端装置可以接收来自第一卫星装置的指令,该指令指示终端装置自行计算上述第一指示信息所指示的内容。In another possible implementation, step 403 may not be performed. The terminal device may calculate the content indicated by the first indication information by itself, such as calculating the number of K1 time units based on the first information. For related solutions, please refer to the introduction of the first satellite device calculating the content indicated by the first indication information based on the first information, which will not be described in detail. In another possible implementation, in this implementation, the terminal device may receive an instruction from the first satellite device, which instructs the terminal device to calculate the content indicated by the first indication information by itself.

步骤404,终端装置发送第二信息。Step 404: The terminal device sends second information.

相对应的,第一卫星装置接收第二信息。Correspondingly, the first satellite device receives the second information.

第二信息用于确定第一卫星装置的信号和第二卫星装置的信号分别传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的差值。为了便于描述,第一卫星装置的信号和第二卫星装置的信号分别传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的差值也可以替换为:第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置对应的频率差;或者,也可以替换为:第一频率差。The second information is used to determine the difference in frequency offsets that occur when the signal of the first satellite device and the signal of the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device. For ease of description, the difference in frequency offsets that occur when the signal of the first satellite device and the signal of the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device can also be replaced by: the frequency difference corresponding to the first satellite device and the second satellite device; or, it can also be replaced by: the first frequency difference.

本申请实施例中任意两个卫星装置的信号分别传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的差值的计算公式中,该两个卫星装置中的任一个卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移可以为减数或被减数。举个例子,第一卫星装置的信号和第二卫星装置的信号分别传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的差值比如可以为第二卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移减去第一卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移所得的差,也可以为第一卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移减去第二卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移所得的差,还可以为第一卫星装置的信号和第二卫星装置的信号分别传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的差值的绝对值。In the calculation formula of the difference in frequency offsets that occur when the signals of any two satellite devices are respectively transmitted to the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application, the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of any one of the two satellite devices is transmitted to the terminal device can be a subtrahend or a minuend. For example, the difference in frequency offsets that occur when the signal of the first satellite device and the signal of the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device can be, for example, the difference obtained by subtracting the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the second satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device from the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device, or the difference obtained by subtracting the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device from the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the second satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device, or the absolute value of the difference in frequency offsets that occur when the signal of the first satellite device and the signal of the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device.

第二信息包括的内容可以由多种情况,下面通过实施方式D1和实施方式D2分别进行介绍。在实施方式D1中,终端装置可以确定第一频率差,并向第一卫星装置反馈。在实施方式D2中,终端装置可以向第一卫星装置发送终端装置的位置信息,以使第一卫星装置计算第一频率差。The second information may include a variety of contents, which are described below in Implementation D1 and Implementation D2. In Implementation D1, the terminal device may determine the first frequency difference and feed it back to the first satellite device. In Implementation D2, the terminal device may send the location information of the terminal device to the first satellite device so that the first satellite device calculates the first frequency difference.

实施方式D1,第二信息包括用于指示第一频率差的信息。In implementation mode D1, the second information includes information for indicating the first frequency difference.

在实施方式D1中,终端装置可以计算第一卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的值,并且计算第二卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的值。第二信息可以包括该两个频率偏移的值的信息,或第二信息包括该两个频率偏移的值的差的信息。第一卫星装置如果接收到的第二信息包括该两个频率偏移的值的信息,则可以进一步计算该两个频率偏移的值的差。如果第一卫星装置接收到的第二信息包括第一频率差的信息,则可以从第二信息中确定出该两个频率偏移的值的差。In implementation D1, the terminal device may calculate the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device, and calculate the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the second satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device. The second information may include information on the values of the two frequency offsets, or the second information includes information on the difference between the values of the two frequency offsets. If the second information received by the first satellite device includes information on the values of the two frequency offsets, the difference between the values of the two frequency offsets may be further calculated. If the second information received by the first satellite device includes information on the first frequency difference, the difference between the values of the two frequency offsets may be determined from the second information.

在实施方式D1中,终端装置可以有多种实施方式计算一个卫星装置(比如第一卫星装置或第二卫星装置)的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的值。举个例子,第一卫星装置可以发送信号(比如同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB)),终端装置通过对来自第一卫星装置的SSB进行测量,得到的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的值。再举个例子,第二卫星装置可以发送信号(比如SSB),终端装置通过对来自第二卫星装置的SSB进行测量,得到第二卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的值。一个卫星装置的信号到达终端装置时发生频率偏移的原因比如可以包括多普勒效应,由于卫星装置通常处于移动状态,而卫星装置和终端装置之间的距离较远,因此基于多普勒效应,一个卫星装置的信号到达终端装置时会发生频率偏移。In implementation D1, the terminal device may have multiple implementations to calculate the value of the frequency offset that occurs when a signal from a satellite device (such as a first satellite device or a second satellite device) is transmitted to the terminal device. For example, the first satellite device may send a signal (such as a synchronization signal block (SSB)), and the terminal device measures the SSB from the first satellite device to obtain the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal is transmitted to the terminal device. For another example, the second satellite device may send a signal (such as an SSB), and the terminal device measures the SSB from the second satellite device to obtain the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal from the second satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device. The reason why a signal from a satellite device is at a frequency offset when it arrives at the terminal device may include, for example, the Doppler effect. Since the satellite device is usually in a mobile state, and the distance between the satellite device and the terminal device is far, based on the Doppler effect, a signal from a satellite device may experience a frequency offset when it arrives at the terminal device.

在实施方式D1中,以第二信息上述示例是以N个卫星装置中的第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置为例进行介绍的。实际应用中,N个卫星装置还可以包括其它卫星装置,比如包括第三卫星装置。这种情况下,第二信息可以包括用于指示T1个频率差的信息,T1为正整数,T1可以为1,也可以大于1。该T1个频率差中的任一个频率差可以包括N个卫星装置中两个卫星装置(比如第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置;或者第二卫星装置与第三卫星装置)的信号分别传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的差值。任意两个卫星装置之间的频率差的确定方案可以参见第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置之间的频率差的描述,不再赘述。In implementation D1, the above example of the second information is introduced by taking the first satellite device and the second satellite device among N satellite devices as examples. In practical applications, the N satellite devices may also include other satellite devices, such as a third satellite device. In this case, the second information may include information for indicating T1 frequency differences, where T1 is a positive integer, and T1 may be 1 or greater than 1. Any one of the T1 frequency differences may include the difference in frequency offsets that occur when signals of two satellite devices among the N satellite devices (such as the first satellite device and the second satellite device; or the second satellite device and the third satellite device) are respectively transmitted to the terminal device. The scheme for determining the frequency difference between any two satellite devices can refer to the description of the frequency difference between the first satellite device and the second satellite device, and will not be repeated here.

实施方式D2,第二信息包括终端装置的位置信息。In implementation D2, the second information includes location information of the terminal device.

在实施方式D2中,终端装置可以通过一些方式获取终端装置的位置信息,可以参见前述实施方式A2。In implementation D2, the terminal device may obtain the location information of the terminal device in some manners, which may refer to the aforementioned implementation A2.

第一卫星装置获取到终端装置的位置信息之后,可以根据第一卫星装置的星历信息和终端装置的位置信息确定第一卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的值。进一步,第一卫星装置也可以根据第二卫星装置的星历信息和终端装置的位置信息确定第二卫星装置的信号分别传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的值。之后,第一卫星装置可以将该两个频率偏移的值的差作为第一频率差。如此,第一卫星装置可以基于终端装置的位置信息确定出第一相位偏移值。第一相位偏移值后续还可以随着终端装置的位置信息的更新而更新。该方案确定出的第一相位偏移值可以更加合理,继而在后续信道估计的过程中可以更好的消除第二卫星装置的信号带来的干扰,继而提高信道信息的准确度。After the first satellite device obtains the location information of the terminal device, the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device can be determined based on the ephemeris information of the first satellite device and the location information of the terminal device. Furthermore, the first satellite device can also determine the value of the frequency offset that occurs when the signal of the second satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device based on the ephemeris information of the second satellite device and the location information of the terminal device. Afterwards, the first satellite device can use the difference between the two frequency offset values as the first frequency difference. In this way, the first satellite device can determine the first phase offset value based on the location information of the terminal device. The first phase offset value can also be updated later as the location information of the terminal device is updated. The first phase offset value determined by this scheme can be more reasonable, and then in the subsequent channel estimation process, the interference caused by the signal of the second satellite device can be better eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.

在实施方式D2中,当N个卫星装置与终端装置通信,N个卫星装置除了包括有第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置之外,还包括其它卫星装置(比如第三卫星装置)的情况下,第一卫星装置还可以计算更多的频率差。举个例子,第一卫星装置可以计算T1个频率差。T1个频率差的相关内容参见实施方式D1中的描述,不再赘述。针对T1个频率差中的任一个,第一卫星装置根据终端装置的位置信息计算该频率差的方案可以参见前述第一卫星装置确定第一频率差的方案,不再赘述。In implementation D2, when N satellite devices communicate with the terminal device, and the N satellite devices include other satellite devices (such as a third satellite device) in addition to the first satellite device and the second satellite device, the first satellite device can also calculate more frequency differences. For example, the first satellite device can calculate T1 frequency differences. For the relevant content of the T1 frequency difference, please refer to the description in implementation D1, which will not be repeated. For any of the T1 frequency differences, the scheme for the first satellite device to calculate the frequency difference according to the location information of the terminal device can refer to the aforementioned scheme for the first satellite device to determine the first frequency difference, which will not be repeated.

又一种可能的实施方式中,上述步骤404和步骤401可以为一个步骤,也可以为两个步骤。第一信息和第二信息可以承载于相同的消息中,也可以承载于不同的消息中。第二信息和第一信息可以为同一个信息,比如第一信息和第二信息都为终端装置的位置信息,这种情况下,步骤404和步骤401实际上为一个步骤,步骤401和步骤404中的任意一个不执行。In another possible implementation, the above step 404 and step 401 may be one step or two steps. The first information and the second information may be carried in the same message or in different messages. The second information and the first information may be the same information, for example, the first information and the second information are both location information of the terminal device. In this case, step 404 and step 401 are actually one step, and neither step 401 nor step 404 is executed.

步骤405,第一卫星装置确定第一卫星装置的待发送的信号的相位。Step 405 : The first satellite device determines the phase of the signal to be transmitted by the first satellite device.

第一卫星装置的待发送的信号为K1个第一信号。一种可能的实施方式中,K1为大于1的正整数,K1个第一信号中在时域上相邻的两个第一信号之间的相位偏移值为第一相位偏移值。一种可能的实施方式中,第一相位偏移值是可调的。如此,第一卫星装置可以根据实际需要对第一相位偏移值进行调整,继而可以通过第一相位偏移值降低信道估计过程中的干扰的影响,从而可以提高通过信道估计得到的信道信息的准确度。The signals to be sent by the first satellite device are K1 first signals. In one possible implementation, K1 is a positive integer greater than 1, and the phase offset value between two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals is a first phase offset value. In one possible implementation, the first phase offset value is adjustable. In this way, the first satellite device can adjust the first phase offset value according to actual needs, and then the first phase offset value can be used to reduce the influence of interference in the channel estimation process, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information obtained by channel estimation.

一种可能的实施方式中,第一相位偏移值与第一频率差关联。第一卫星装置可以根据第一频率差确定第一相位偏移值。由于第二卫星装置的信号可能会对第一卫星装置的信号造成干扰,又由于第一相位偏移值与第一频率差关联,因此第一相位偏移值的设置可以考虑到第二卫星装置的信号在传输过程中的频率偏移对第一卫星装置的信号带来的影响,继而第一相位偏移值的设置可以更加合理,继而在后续信道估计的过程中可以更好的消除第二卫星装置的信号带来的干扰,继而提高信道信息的准确度。In a possible implementation, the first phase offset value is associated with the first frequency difference. The first satellite device may determine the first phase offset value based on the first frequency difference. Since the signal of the second satellite device may interfere with the signal of the first satellite device, and since the first phase offset value is associated with the first frequency difference, the setting of the first phase offset value may take into account the influence of the frequency offset of the signal of the second satellite device during the transmission process on the signal of the first satellite device, and then the setting of the first phase offset value may be more reasonable, and then in the subsequent channel estimation process, the interference caused by the signal of the second satellite device may be better eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.

下面通过实施方式E1和实施方式E2分别进行介绍。在实施方式E1中,第一相位偏移值与第一频率差关联。在实施方式E2中,第一相位偏移值与第一频率差以及第二相位偏移值关联。K2个第二信号中在时域上相邻的两个第二信号之间的相位偏移值为第二相位偏移值。The following is introduced respectively by implementation mode E1 and implementation mode E2. In implementation mode E1, the first phase offset value is associated with the first frequency difference. In implementation mode E2, the first phase offset value is associated with the first frequency difference and the second phase offset value. The phase offset value between two second signals adjacent in the time domain among the K2 second signals is the second phase offset value.

实施方式E1,第一相位偏移值与第一频率差关联。In implementation E1, the first phase offset value is associated with the first frequency difference.

一种可能的实施方式中,K1个第一信号可以是基于相同的信号序列生成的,比如,K1个第一信号可以是基于信号序列XDMRS,1生成的。但是K1个第一信号中的任意两个第一信号可能是不同的。本申请实施例以第一卫星装置发送的信号为DMRS为例进行示例,因此信号序列的下标为DMRS,在其他应用场景中,如果第一卫星装置发送的信号发生变化,本申请实施例中的各个参数、各个参数的上标或下标等参数也可以变化。In a possible implementation manner, K1 first signals may be generated based on the same signal sequence, for example, K1 first signals may be generated based on the signal sequence X DMRS,1 . However, any two of the K1 first signals may be different. The embodiment of the present application takes the signal sent by the first satellite device as DMRS as an example, so the subscript of the signal sequence is DMRS. In other application scenarios, if the signal sent by the first satellite device changes, the various parameters in the embodiment of the present application, the superscripts or subscripts of the various parameters, and other parameters may also change.

举个例子,K1个时间单元为三个符号,其中,第一个符号上的第一信号为XDMRS,1,第二个符号上的第一信号为第三个符号上的第一信号为本申请实施例中*表示乘法。For example, K1 time units are three symbols, where the first signal on the first symbol is X DMRS,1 and the first signal on the second symbol is The first signal on the third symbol is In the present application embodiment * indicates multiplication.

本申请实施例中的φ1也可以称为K1个第一信号中在时域上相邻的两个第一信号之间的相位偏移值,即第一相位偏移值。又一种可能的实施方式中,φ1也可以称为第一卫星装置的时间相位因子(time phase factor,TPF)。In the embodiment of the present application, φ1 may also be referred to as the phase offset value between two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals, that is, the first phase offset value. In another possible implementation, φ1 may also be referred to as the time phase factor (TPF) of the first satellite device.

一种可能的实施方式中,φ1可以满足如下公式(1):
In a possible implementation, φ 1 may satisfy the following formula (1):

在公式(1)中,N为N个卫星装置的数量,π为常数,βD2,1可以是基于第一频率差计算的,比如βD2,1可以基于多普勒效应进行计算,βD2,1可以为第一卫星装置的信号和第二卫星装置的信号分别传输至终端装置所发生的相位偏移值的差,q1可以为正整数。In formula (1), N is the number of N satellite devices, π is a constant, β D2,1 can be calculated based on the first frequency difference, for example, β D2,1 can be calculated based on the Doppler effect, β D2,1 can be the difference in phase offset values when the signal of the first satellite device and the signal of the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device, and q 1 can be a positive integer.

一种可能的实施方式中,当N个卫星装置为两个卫星装置时,比如q1可以为奇数,比如q1为+1,-1,+3,-3,+5,或-5等。比如一种可能的示例中,φ1=βD2,1+π。In a possible implementation, when the N satellite devices are two satellite devices, q 1 may be an odd number, such as q 1 is +1, -1, +3, -3, +5, or -5, etc. For example, in a possible example, φ 1D2,1 +π.

一种可能的实施方式中,公式(1)中的βD2,1可以满足如下公式(2):In a possible implementation, β D2,1 in formula (1) may satisfy the following formula (2):

βD2,1=2πfD2,1·Tsym……公式(2)β D2,1 = 2πf D2,1 ·T sym ……Formula (2)

在公式(2)中,π为常数,fD2,1为第一频率差,Tsym为一个时间单元的时长。In formula (2), π is a constant, f D2,1 is the first frequency difference, and T sym is the duration of a time unit.

一种可能的实施方式中,其中Nc为子载波个数,Ng为CP长度,Δf为子载波间隔,Tsym可以为包含CP的一个时间单元的时长。In one possible implementation, Wherein, N c is the number of subcarriers, N g is the CP length, Δf is the subcarrier spacing, and T sym may be the duration of a time unit including the CP.

实施方式E2,第一相位偏移值与第一频率差以及第二相位偏移值关联。In implementation E2, the first phase offset value is associated with the first frequency difference and the second phase offset value.

本申请实施例中,第二相位偏移值可以为零或不为零。一种可能的实施方式中,第二相位偏移值也可以与第一频率差关联。通过以下示例E2.1、示例E2.2和示例E2.3介绍几种可能的实施方式中。在示例E2.1中,φ1与φ2可以满足一定的关系。在示例E2.2中,φ1可以为零。在示例E2.3中,介绍N个卫星装置中包括有更多卫星装置的情况。In an embodiment of the present application, the second phase offset value may be zero or non-zero. In a possible implementation manner, the second phase offset value may also be associated with the first frequency difference. Several possible implementation manners are introduced through the following examples E2.1, E2.2, and E2.3. In example E2.1, φ 1 and φ 2 may satisfy a certain relationship. In example E2.2, φ 1 may be zero. In example E2.3, a situation where more satellite devices are included in the N satellite devices is introduced.

示例E2.1,φ1与φ2可以满足一定的关系。Example E2.1, φ 1 and φ 2 can satisfy a certain relationship.

在示例E2.1中,也可以理解为第一相位偏移值、第二相位偏移值和第一频率差关联。由于第一相位偏移值的设置可以考虑到第二卫星装置的信号在传输过程中的频率偏移对第一卫星装置的信号带来的影响,因此第一相位偏移值的设置可以更加合理,继而在后续信道估计的过程中可以更好的消除第二卫星装置的信号带来的干扰,继而提高信道信息的准确度。In example E2.1, it can also be understood that the first phase offset value, the second phase offset value and the first frequency difference are associated. Since the setting of the first phase offset value can take into account the influence of the frequency offset of the signal of the second satellite device during the transmission process on the signal of the first satellite device, the setting of the first phase offset value can be more reasonable, and then in the subsequent channel estimation process, the interference caused by the signal of the second satellite device can be better eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.

一种可能的实施方式中,K2个第二信号可以是基于相同的信号序列生成的,比如,K2个第二信号可以是基于信号序列XDMRS,2生成的。但是K2个第二信号中的任意两个第二信号可能是不同的。K1个时间单元中的一个时间单元和K2个时间单元中的一个时间单元占用的时长可以相等,比如可以都为一个符号,或两个符号等。In a possible implementation, the K2 second signals may be generated based on the same signal sequence, for example, the K2 second signals may be generated based on the signal sequence X DMRS,2 . However, any two of the K2 second signals may be different. The duration occupied by one of the K1 time units and one of the K2 time units may be equal, for example, both may be one symbol, or two symbols, etc.

举个例子,K1个时间单元为三个符号,其中,第一个符号上的第一信号为XDMRS,1,第二个符号上的第一信号为第三个符号上的第一信号为K2个时间单元为三个符号,其中,第一个符号上的第一信号为XDMRS,2,第二个符号上的第一信号为第三个符号上的第一信号为本申请实施例中*表示乘法。For example, K1 time units are three symbols, where the first signal on the first symbol is X DMRS,1 and the first signal on the second symbol is The first signal on the third symbol is K2 time units are three symbols, where the first signal on the first symbol is X DMRS,2 and the first signal on the second symbol is The first signal on the third symbol is In the present application embodiment * indicates multiplication.

本申请实施例中的φ2也可以称为K2个第二信号中在时域上相邻的两个第二信号之间的相位偏移值,即第二相位偏移值。又一种可能的实施方式中,φ2也可以称为第二卫星装置的TPF。In the embodiment of the present application, φ 2 may also be referred to as a phase offset value between two second signals adjacent in the time domain among the K2 second signals, that is, a second phase offset value. In another possible implementation, φ 2 may also be referred to as a TPF of the second satellite device.

本申请实施例中的φ1和φ2可以满足如下公式(3):
In the embodiment of the present application, φ 1 and φ 2 may satisfy the following formula (3):

公式(3)中的各个参数的含义参见公式(1)和公式(2)的相关描述,不再赘述。比如q1可以为奇数。比如一种可能的示例中,φ12=βD2,1+π。The meaning of each parameter in formula (3) refers to the relevant description of formula (1) and formula (2), which will not be repeated here. For example, q 1 can be an odd number. For example, in a possible example, φ 12D2,1 +π.

本申请实施例中,φ1和φ2二者可以都不为零,或者二者中有一个可以为零。比如,φ2的值为零。这种情况下,φ1可以满足:相关内容可参见前述描述,与之类似,不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, both φ 1 and φ 2 may not be zero, or one of them may be zero. For example, the value of φ 2 is zero. In this case, φ 1 may satisfy: For related content, please refer to the above description, which is similar and will not be repeated here.

示例E2.2,φ1可以为零。Example E2.2, φ 1 can be zero.

一种可能的实施方式中,在实施方式E2中,φ1的值可以为零,或者理解为第一相位偏移值为零,这种情况下,φ2的值不为零(或者理解为第二相位偏移值不为零)。这种情况下,φ2可以满足:相关内容可参见前述描述,与之类似,不再赘述。In a possible implementation manner, in implementation E2, the value of φ 1 may be zero, or understood as the first phase offset value being zero. In this case, the value of φ 2 is not zero (or understood as the second phase offset value being not zero). In this case, φ 2 may satisfy: For related content, please refer to the above description, which is similar and will not be repeated here.

示例E2.3,介绍N个卫星装置中包括有更多卫星装置的情况。Example E2.3 introduces the situation where the N satellite devices include more satellite devices.

又一种可能的实施方式中,N个卫星装置可以包括第一卫星装置、第二卫星装置以及至少一个其他卫星装置(第三卫星装置)。这种情况下,N个卫星装置中可以设置一个参考卫星装置,比如参考卫星装置为第二卫星装置)。继而N个卫星装置中除第二卫星装置之外的任一个卫星装置与第二卫星装置之间可以满足:
In another possible implementation, the N satellite devices may include a first satellite device, a second satellite device, and at least one other satellite device (a third satellite device). In this case, a reference satellite device may be set in the N satellite devices, for example, the reference satellite device is the second satellite device). Then, any satellite device in the N satellite devices except the second satellite device may satisfy the following with the second satellite device:

在公式(4)中,φs为(N-1)个卫星装置中的卫星装置s的TPF(也可以称为卫星装置s对应的相位偏移值),φ2为第二卫星装置TPF(也可以称为第二相位偏移值),βD2,s可以是第二卫星装置和卫星装置s的信号分别传输至终端装置所发生的相位偏移值的差,βD2,s可以是基于第二卫星装置和卫星装置s对应的频率差计算的,qs可以为正整数,qs为卫星装置s对应的q的值,N为N个卫星装置的数量,π为常数,(N-1)个卫星装置为N个卫星装置中除第二卫星装置之外的卫星装置。In formula (4), φs is the TPF of satellite device s among the (N-1) satellite devices (also referred to as the phase offset value corresponding to satellite device s), φ2 is the TPF of the second satellite device (also referred to as the second phase offset value), βD2 ,s may be the difference in phase offset values when the signals of the second satellite device and satellite device s are respectively transmitted to the terminal device, βD2 ,s may be calculated based on the frequency difference corresponding to the second satellite device and satellite device s, qs may be a positive integer, qs is the value of q corresponding to satellite device s, N is the number of N satellite devices, π is a constant, and the (N-1) satellite devices are the satellite devices among the N satellite devices except the second satellite device.

在公式(4)中,当卫星装置s为第一卫星装置时,φs为φ1,βD2,s为βD2,1,qs为q1。一种可能的实施方式中,(N-1)个卫星装置中的每个卫星装置对应一个q的值,(N-1)个卫星装置对应的(N-1)个q值分别为[1,(N-1)]中的(N-1)个整数。比如N为4,则(N-1)个卫星装置对应的(N-1)个q值分别为1、2、3和4。该(N-1)个卫星装置与该4个整数可以任意配置,比如第一卫星装置对应的q值为1或2均可。In formula (4), when the satellite device s is the first satellite device, φ s is φ 1 , β D2,s is β D2,1 , and q s is q 1 . In a possible implementation, each of the (N-1) satellite devices corresponds to a q value, and the (N-1) q values corresponding to the (N-1) satellite devices are (N-1) integers in [1, (N-1)], respectively. For example, when N is 4, the (N-1) q values corresponding to the (N-1) satellite devices are 1, 2, 3, and 4, respectively. The (N-1) satellite devices and the 4 integers can be arbitrarily configured, for example, the q value corresponding to the first satellite device can be 1 or 2.

举个例子,N个卫星装置包括第一卫星装置、第二卫星装置、第三卫星装置和第四卫星装置,则公式(4)可以分别写为以下几个公式:
For example, the N satellite devices include a first satellite device, a second satellite device, a third satellite device, and a fourth satellite device. Then, formula (4) can be respectively written as the following formulas:

公式(5)、公式(6)和公式(7)中,φ1为第一卫星装置TPF(或称为第一相位偏移值),φ2为第二卫星装置TPF(或称为第二相位偏移值),φ3为第三卫星装置TPF(或称为第三卫星装置对应的相位偏移值),φ4为第四卫星装置TPF(或称为第四卫星装置对应的相位偏移值),βD2,1可以是第二卫星装置的信号和第一卫星装置的信号分别传输至终端装置所发生的相位偏移值的差,βD2,3可以是第二卫星装置的信号和第三卫星装置的信号分别传输至终端装置所发生的相位偏移值的差,βD2,4可以是基于第二卫星装置和第四卫星装置对应的频率差计算的,其余参数参见前述公式(1)、公式(2)、公式(3)和公式(4)的相关描述,不再赘述。In formula (5), formula (6) and formula (7), φ1 is the TPF of the first satellite device (or the first phase offset value), φ2 is the TPF of the second satellite device (or the second phase offset value), φ3 is the TPF of the third satellite device (or the phase offset value corresponding to the third satellite device), φ4 is the TPF of the fourth satellite device (or the phase offset value corresponding to the fourth satellite device), βD2,1 may be the difference in phase offset values when the signal of the second satellite device and the signal of the first satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device, βD2,3 may be the difference in phase offset values when the signal of the second satellite device and the signal of the third satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device, βD2,4 may be calculated based on the frequency difference corresponding to the second satellite device and the fourth satellite device. For other parameters, refer to the relevant descriptions of the aforementioned formulas (1), (2), (3) and (4), which will not be repeated here.

在该示例中,φ3为第三卫星装置发送的K5个第三信号中在时域上相邻的两个第三信号之间的相位偏移值,φ4为第四卫星装置发送的K6个第四信号中在时域上相邻的两个第四信号之间的相位偏移值。K5可以为正整数,K5可以等于K1。K6可以为正整数,K6可以等于K1。K5个第三信号可以是基于相同的信号序列生成的,比如,K5个第三信号可以是基于信号序列XDMRS,3生成的。K6个第四信号可以是基于相同的信号序列生成的,比如,K6个第四信号可以是基于信号序列XDMRS,4生成的。In this example, φ3 is a phase offset value between two third signals adjacent in the time domain among K5 third signals sent by the third satellite device, and φ4 is a phase offset value between two fourth signals adjacent in the time domain among K6 fourth signals sent by the fourth satellite device. K5 may be a positive integer, and K5 may be equal to K1. K6 may be a positive integer, and K6 may be equal to K1. The K5 third signals may be generated based on the same signal sequence, for example, the K5 third signals may be generated based on the signal sequence X DMRS,3 . The K6 fourth signals may be generated based on the same signal sequence, for example, the K6 fourth signals may be generated based on the signal sequence X DMRS,4 .

在步骤405中,N个卫星装置中的任一个卫星装置的待发送的信号的相位都可以由该卫星装置本身来确定,或者由其他卫星装置来确定。N个卫星装置中的所有卫星装置的待发送的信号的相位可以由一个卫星装置来确定,或者由多个卫星装置来确定。In step 405, the phase of the signal to be transmitted of any satellite device among the N satellite devices may be determined by the satellite device itself or by other satellite devices. The phases of the signals to be transmitted of all satellite devices among the N satellite devices may be determined by one satellite device or by multiple satellite devices.

比如,第一卫星装置的待发送的信号的相位,以及第二卫星装置的待发送的信号的相位可以都由第一卫星装置确定,或者都由第二卫星装置确定。或者,第一卫星装置的待发送的信号的相位由第二卫星装置来确定,第二卫星装置的待发送的信号的相位由第二卫星装置确定。For example, the phase of the signal to be sent by the first satellite device and the phase of the signal to be sent by the second satellite device may both be determined by the first satellite device or both be determined by the second satellite device. Alternatively, the phase of the signal to be sent by the first satellite device is determined by the second satellite device, and the phase of the signal to be sent by the second satellite device is determined by the second satellite device.

本申请实施例中以第一卫星装置来确定第一卫星装置的待发送的信号的相位,以及第二卫星装置的待发送的信号的相位为例进行介绍。当这些信息需要其他卫星装置来执行时,比如由第二卫星装置来执行时,第二卫星装置确定第二卫星装置的待发送的信号的相位,和/或第二卫星装置的待发送的信号的相位的方案与之类似,且在该方案中,第二卫星装置也可以获取第二信息,比如可以从终端装置接收第二信息(这种情况下,第一卫星装置可以接收第二信息或不需接收第二信息,即步骤404可以执行或不执行),或者从第一卫星装置接收第二信息。In the embodiment of the present application, the first satellite device is used to determine the phase of the signal to be sent by the first satellite device and the phase of the signal to be sent by the second satellite device as an example. When these information need to be executed by other satellite devices, such as when executed by the second satellite device, the second satellite device determines the phase of the signal to be sent by the second satellite device and/or the phase of the signal to be sent by the second satellite device. The scheme is similar, and in this scheme, the second satellite device can also obtain the second information, such as receiving the second information from the terminal device (in this case, the first satellite device can receive the second information or does not need to receive the second information, that is, step 404 can be executed or not executed), or receive the second information from the first satellite device.

步骤405和步骤402没有绝对的先后顺序,也可以先执行步骤405,后执行步骤402,或者一起执行这些步骤。There is no absolute order between step 405 and step 402. Step 405 may be performed first and then step 402, or these steps may be performed together.

步骤406,第一卫星装置发送第二指示信息。Step 406: The first satellite device sends second indication information.

相对应的,终端装置接收第二指示信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second indication information.

第二指示信息用于指示第一卫星装置的待发送的信号的相位的信息,和/或,第二指示信息用于指示K1个第一信号中在时域上相邻的两个第一信号之间的相位偏移值。比如第二指示信息可以包括第一卫星装置的第一相位偏移值的信息,基于该信息,终端装置可以确定出K1个第一信号中相邻两个第一信号之间的相位偏移值。进一步,终端装置还可以确定出每个第一信号的相位。该方案中,终端装置可以接收用于指示第一相位偏移值的信息,继而可以基于第一相位偏移值在后续信道估计的过程中可以更好的消除第二卫星装置的信号带来的干扰,继而提高信道信息的准确度。The second indication information is used to indicate the phase information of the signal to be sent by the first satellite device, and/or the second indication information is used to indicate the phase offset value between two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals. For example, the second indication information may include information about the first phase offset value of the first satellite device, and based on this information, the terminal device can determine the phase offset value between two adjacent first signals among the K1 first signals. Further, the terminal device can also determine the phase of each first signal. In this scheme, the terminal device can receive information indicating the first phase offset value, and then can better eliminate the interference caused by the signal of the second satellite device in the subsequent channel estimation process based on the first phase offset value, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.

又一种可能的实施方式中,第二指示信息还用于指示N个卫星装置中的其他卫星装置(比如第二卫星装置)的待发送的信号的相位的信息,和/或,第二指示信息还用于指示N个卫星装置中的其他卫星装置(比如第二卫星装置)的待发送的信号中在时域上相邻的两个信号之间的相位偏移值。以其他卫星装置包括第二卫星装置为例,第二指示信息比如还包括第一卫星装置的第一相位偏移值信息。In another possible implementation manner, the second indication information is further used to indicate information about the phase of a signal to be sent by another satellite device (such as the second satellite device) among the N satellite devices, and/or the second indication information is further used to indicate a phase offset value between two signals adjacent in the time domain among the signals to be sent by another satellite device (such as the second satellite device) among the N satellite devices. Taking the other satellite device including the second satellite device as an example, the second indication information, for example, also includes first phase offset value information of the first satellite device.

用于指示N个卫星装置中的其他卫星装置(比如第二卫星装置)的待发送的信号的相位的信息(和/或,用于指示N个卫星装置中的其他卫星装置(比如第二卫星装置)的待发送的信号中在时域上相邻的两个信号之间的相位偏移值的信息)可以是第一卫星装置确定的(可以参见步骤405中第一卫星装置确定φ1的方案),也可以是其他卫星装置(比如第二卫星装置)向第一卫星装置发送的(比如第二卫星装置可以自行确定φ2,相关方案可以参见第一卫星装置确定φ1的方案,不再赘述)。用于指示N个卫星装置中的其他卫星装置(比如第二卫星装置)的待发送的信号的相位的信息(和/或,用于指示N个卫星装置中的其他卫星装置(比如第二卫星装置)的待发送的信号中在时域上相邻的两个信号之间的相位偏移值的信息)也可以由除第一卫星装置之外的卫星装置向终端装置发送,比如由第二卫星装置向终端装置发送。The information for indicating the phase of the signal to be sent by other satellite devices (such as the second satellite device) among the N satellite devices (and/or the information for indicating the phase offset value between two adjacent signals in the time domain in the signal to be sent by other satellite devices (such as the second satellite device) among the N satellite devices may be determined by the first satellite device (see the solution of the first satellite device determining φ 1 in step 405), or may be sent by other satellite devices (such as the second satellite device) to the first satellite device (for example, the second satellite device may determine φ 2 by itself, and the relevant solution may refer to the solution of the first satellite device determining φ 1 , which will not be described in detail). The information for indicating the phase of the signal to be sent by other satellite devices (such as the second satellite device) among the N satellite devices (and/or the information for indicating the phase offset value between two adjacent signals in the time domain in the signal to be sent by other satellite devices (such as the second satellite device) among the N satellite devices may also be sent to the terminal device by a satellite device other than the first satellite device, such as the second satellite device.

又一种可能的实施方式中,步骤406可以不执行。终端装置可以自行计算上述第二指示信息所指示的内容,比如基于第一频率差(或基于第二信息)计算出第一相位偏移值和/或第二相位偏移值。相关方案可以参见前述第一卫星装置基于第二信息计算第二指示信息所指示的内容的介绍,不再赘述。又一种可能的实施方式中,该实施方式中,终端装置可以接收来自第一卫星装置的指令,该指令指示终端装置自行计算上述第二指示信息所指示的内容。In another possible implementation, step 406 may not be performed. The terminal device may calculate the content indicated by the second indication information by itself, such as calculating the first phase offset value and/or the second phase offset value based on the first frequency difference (or based on the second information). For related schemes, please refer to the introduction of the calculation of the content indicated by the second indication information by the first satellite device based on the second information, which will not be described in detail. In another possible implementation, in this implementation, the terminal device may receive an instruction from the first satellite device, which instructs the terminal device to calculate the content indicated by the second indication information by itself.

步骤407,第一卫星装置发送K1个第一信号。Step 407: The first satellite device sends K1 first signals.

相对应的,终端装置接收K1个第一信号。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives K1 first signals.

步骤407还可以包括:第二卫星装置发送K2个第二信号,终端装置接收K2个第二信号。步骤407也可以替换为:N个卫星装置发送信号,终端装置接收来自N个卫星装置的信号,N等于2或大于2。N个卫星装置中的每个卫星装置发送的信号到达终端装置时对应的时频资源都包括第一时频资源。针对N个卫星装置的中除第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置之外的每个卫星装置发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量以及相位等内容可以参见前述第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置的相关描述,不再赘述。Step 407 may also include: the second satellite device sends K2 second signals, and the terminal device receives K2 second signals. Step 407 may also be replaced by: N satellite devices send signals, and the terminal device receives signals from the N satellite devices, where N is equal to 2 or greater than 2. When the signal sent by each satellite device in the N satellite devices arrives at the terminal device, the corresponding time-frequency resources include the first time-frequency resources. For the number of time units and phases occupied by the signals sent by each satellite device in the N satellite devices except the first satellite device and the second satellite device, please refer to the relevant description of the first satellite device and the second satellite device, and no further details will be given.

步骤408,终端装置根据K1个第一信号中的部分或全部,确定第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息。Step 408: The terminal device determines channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device according to part or all of the K1 first signals.

步骤408还可以包括:终端装置根据K2个第二信号中的部分或全部,确定第二卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息。步骤408也可以替换为:针对N个卫星装置中的一个(或每个)卫星装置,终端装置根据接收到的来自该卫星装置的信号的部分或全部,确定该卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息,N等于2或大于2。N个卫星装置中的每个卫星装置发送的信号到达终端装置时对应的时频资源都包括第一时频资源。Step 408 may also include: the terminal device determines the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device according to part or all of the K2 second signals. Step 408 may also be replaced by: for one (or each) satellite device among the N satellite devices, the terminal device determines the channel information between the satellite device and the terminal device according to part or all of the signals received from the satellite device, where N is equal to 2 or greater than 2. When the signal sent by each satellite device among the N satellite devices arrives at the terminal device, the corresponding time-frequency resources include the first time-frequency resources.

下面以第一卫星装置为例,介绍终端装置确定一个卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息的实施方式。Taking the first satellite device as an example, the following describes an implementation method in which the terminal device determines channel information between a satellite device and the terminal device.

一种可能的实施方式中,K1个第一信号包括K3个第一信号,K3为小于或等于K1的正整数。上述步骤408中,终端装置可以根据K3个第一信号,确定第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息。K3个第一信号中的每个第一信号到达终端装置时对应的时频资源为K2个第二信号到达终端装置时对应的时频资源的子集或全集。如此,该K3个第一信号受到的干扰会呈现一定的规律,继而可以在后续信道估计过程中,将这些干扰尽量减少或消除,从而提高获取的信道信息的准确性。In a possible implementation, the K1 first signals include K3 first signals, and K3 is a positive integer less than or equal to K1. In the above step 408, the terminal device can determine the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device based on the K3 first signals. The time-frequency resources corresponding to each of the K3 first signals when it arrives at the terminal device are a subset or a full set of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the K2 second signals when they arrive at the terminal device. In this way, the interference to the K3 first signals will show a certain regularity, and then in the subsequent channel estimation process, these interferences can be minimized or eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of the acquired channel information.

又一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置针对K3个第一信号中的第一信号,根据第一信号的相位,确定第一信号对应的修正值。终端装置根据K3个第一信号,以及K3个第一信号中的第一信号对应的修正值,确定第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息。一个第一信号对应的修正值可以在信道估计过程中对该第一信号的相位进行补偿,从而可以在后续信道估计过程中,将这些干扰尽量减少或消除,从而提高获取的信道信息的准确性。In another possible implementation, the terminal device determines a correction value corresponding to the first signal according to the phase of the first signal for the first signal among the K3 first signals. The terminal device determines the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device according to the K3 first signals and the correction value corresponding to the first signal among the K3 first signals. The correction value corresponding to a first signal can compensate for the phase of the first signal during the channel estimation process, so that these interferences can be minimized or eliminated in the subsequent channel estimation process, thereby improving the accuracy of the acquired channel information.

本申请实施例提供一种用于计算第一卫星装置和终端装置之间的信道信息的公式:
The embodiment of the present application provides a formula for calculating the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device:

在公式(8)中,为第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息,DMRS1为用于生成第一信号的信号序列,r1,i为第(i+1)个第一信号,r1,i属于K3个第一信号中的信号(即用于计算信道信息的信号为K3个第一信号中的信号),为r1,i对应的修正值,r1,i对应的信号可以表示为i的取值范围为[(g1-1),(N-1)],i为整数,φ1为第一相位偏移值,·和*均表示乘,g1为正整数,g1为K3个第一信号中的第一个第一信号在K1个第一信号中的排序。举个例子,比如K3个第一信号选取的是K1个第一信号中的前两个,即K3个第一信号中的第一个第一信号在K1个第一信号中的排序也是第一个,g1的取值为1,i的取值范围为[0,(N-1)]。再举个例子,比如K3个第一信号选取的是K1个第一信号中的第二个和第三个,即K3个第一信号中的第一个第一信号在K1个第一信号中的排序是第二个,因此g1的取值为2,i的取值范围为[1,(N-1)]。In formula (8), is the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device, DMRS1 is a signal sequence used to generate the first signal, r 1,i is the (i+1)th first signal, r 1,i is a signal among the K3 first signals (that is, the signal used to calculate the channel information is a signal among the K3 first signals), is the correction value corresponding to r 1,i , and the signal corresponding to r 1,i can be expressed as The value range of i is [(g 1 -1), (N-1)], i is an integer, φ 1 is the first phase offset value, · and * both represent multiplication, g 1 is a positive integer, and g 1 is the ranking of the first first signal among the K3 first signals among the K1 first signals. For example, if the K3 first signals are the first two among the K1 first signals, that is, the ranking of the first first signal among the K3 first signals among the K1 first signals is also the first, the value of g 1 is 1, and the value range of i is [0, (N-1)]. For another example, if the K3 first signals are the second and third among the K1 first signals, that is, the ranking of the first first signal among the K3 first signals among the K1 first signals is the second, so the value of g 1 is 2, and the value range of i is [1, (N-1)].

下面通过示例F1和示例F2示例性介绍两种信道估计方式。在示例F1中,以N个卫星装置包括第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置为例进行介绍。在示例F2中,以N个卫星装置包括第一卫星装置、第二卫星装置和第三卫星装置为例进行介绍。The following describes two channel estimation methods by way of example F1 and example F2. In example F1, N satellite devices include a first satellite device and a second satellite device. In example F2, N satellite devices include a first satellite device, a second satellite device, and a third satellite device.

示例F1,以N个卫星装置包括第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置为例进行介绍。Example F1 is introduced by taking N satellite devices including a first satellite device and a second satellite device as an example.

图5A示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的终端装置接收到的信号的一种可能的示例。如图5A所示,终端装置接收到的来自第一卫星装置的信号比如包括第一信号#10、第一信号#11和第一信号#12。终端装置接收到的来自第二卫星装置的信号比如包括第二信号#20、第二信号#21和第二信号#22。而图5A中的第一信号#12的传输过程中,有一部分是没有受到第二卫星装置的信号的影响。第一时频资源可以视为第一信号#10和第一信号#11到达终端装置时对应的时频资源。可以看出,第二卫星装置的信号到达终端装置时占用的时频资源也包括该第一时频资源。FIG5A exemplarily shows a possible example of a signal received by a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG5A , the signal received by the terminal device from the first satellite device includes, for example, a first signal #10, a first signal #11, and a first signal #12. The signal received by the terminal device from the second satellite device includes, for example, a second signal #20, a second signal #21, and a second signal #22. During the transmission process of the first signal #12 in FIG5A , a part is not affected by the signal of the second satellite device. The first time-frequency resource can be regarded as the time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal #10 and the first signal #11 when they arrive at the terminal device. It can be seen that the time-frequency resources occupied by the signal of the second satellite device when it arrives at the terminal device also include the first time-frequency resource.

如图5A所示,K3个第一信号可以为第一信号#10和第一信号#11中的全部或部分。从图5A可以看出,第一信号#10和第一信号#11中的每个第一信号的整个传输过程都受到了第二卫星装置的信号的影响。也可以理解为,图5A的示例中,第一信号#10和第一信号#11中的每个第一信号到达终端装置时对应的时频资源为K2个第二信号(即第二信号#20、第二信号#21和第二信号#22)到达终端装置时对应的时频资源的子集。As shown in FIG5A , the K3 first signals may be all or part of the first signal #10 and the first signal #11. As can be seen from FIG5A , the entire transmission process of each of the first signals #10 and the first signal #11 is affected by the signal of the second satellite device. It can also be understood that, in the example of FIG5A , the time-frequency resources corresponding to each of the first signals #10 and the first signal #11 when arriving at the terminal device are a subset of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the K2 second signals (i.e., the second signal #20, the second signal #21, and the second signal #22) when arriving at the terminal device.

以图5A举例,第一卫星装置发送的第一信号#10为XDMRS,1,第一信号#11为第一信号#12为第二卫星装置发送的第二信号#20为XDMRS,2,第二信号#21为第二信号#22为由于第一信号和第二信号的传输过程中会受到一些影响,比如多普勒影响,则收到的信号会发生相位偏移。Taking FIG. 5A as an example, the first signal #10 sent by the first satellite device is X DMRS,1 , and the first signal #11 is The first signal #12 is The second signal #20 sent by the second satellite device is X DMRS,2 , and the second signal #21 is The second signal #22 is Since the first signal and the second signal may be affected by some factors during transmission, such as Doppler effect, the received signals may be phase-shifted.

第一卫星装置和终端装置之间的信道信息可以基于以下公式(9)进行计算:
The channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device can be calculated based on the following formula (9):

在公式(9)中,为第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息,DMRS1为用于生成第一信号的信号序列,r1,0为第一个第一信号(即终端装置收到的第一信号#10),r1,0对应的信号可以表示为DMRS1,r1,1为第二个第一信号(即终端装置收到的第一信号#11),为r1,1对应的修正值,r1,1对应的信号可以表示为φ1为第一相位偏移值,r1,0对应的修正值为1。该示例中,以K3个第一信号为K1个第一信号中的前两个第一信号为例进行介绍。In formula (9), is the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device, DMRS1 is the signal sequence used to generate the first signal, r 1,0 is the first first signal (i.e., the first signal #10 received by the terminal device), the signal corresponding to r 1,0 can be expressed as DMRS1, r 1,1 is the second first signal (i.e., the first signal #11 received by the terminal device), is the correction value corresponding to r 1,1 , and the signal corresponding to r 1,1 can be expressed as φ 1 is the first phase offset value, and the correction value corresponding to r 1,0 is 1. In this example, it is described by taking the K3 first signals as the first two first signals of the K1 first signals as an example.

下面对公式(9)进行分析,以说明本申请实施例提供的方式如何提高获取的信道信息的精度。由于终端装置收到的来自第一卫星装置的三个第一信号可以表示为 由于第一信号和第二信号的传输过程中会受到一些影响,比如多普勒影响,则收到的信号会发生相位偏移。终端装置收到的来自第二卫星装置的三个第二信号可以表示为 相关参数的含义可以参见前述各个公式中的描述,不再赘述。因此r1,1受到的干扰Wr1,1和r1,0受到的干扰Wr1,0可以满足对该公式进行变形,比如将该公式的两边乘以之后可以得到: 又由于(上述公式(3)的一种示例),因此因此 The following is an analysis of formula (9) to illustrate how the method provided by the embodiment of the present application improves the accuracy of the acquired channel information. Since the three first signals received by the terminal device from the first satellite device can be expressed as Since the transmission of the first signal and the second signal may be affected by some factors, such as Doppler effect, the received signal may have a phase shift. The three second signals received by the terminal device from the second satellite device can be expressed as The meanings of the relevant parameters can be found in the descriptions of the above formulas and will not be repeated here. Therefore, the interference W r1,1 on r 1,1 and the interference W r1,0 on r 1,0 can satisfy Transform the formula, such as multiplying both sides of the formula by Then you can get: Also because (An example of the above formula (3)), so therefore

上述公式(9)可以进一步变形为:其中,Pr1,0可以视为r1,0中的有效信号,Pr1,1可以视为r1,1中的有效信号。又由于因此又由于r1,1对应的信号为因此可以对Pr1,1的相位进行补偿。The above formula (9) can be further transformed into: Among them, P r1,0 can be regarded as a valid signal in r 1,0 , and P r1,1 can be regarded as a valid signal in r 1,1 . therefore Since the signal corresponding to r 1,1 is therefore The phase of P r1,1 can be compensated.

又一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置还可以计算出第二卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息。类似的,终端装置可以从K2个第二信号中选取K4个第二信号,并基于该K4个第二信号确定第一卫星装置和终端装置之间的信道信息。K4个第二信号为K2个第二信号中的部分或全部。In another possible implementation, the terminal device may also calculate the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device. Similarly, the terminal device may select K4 second signals from the K2 second signals, and determine the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device based on the K4 second signals. The K4 second signals are part or all of the K2 second signals.

本申请实施例提供一种用于计算第二卫星装置和终端装置之间的信道信息的公式:
The embodiment of the present application provides a formula for calculating the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device:

在公式(10)中,为第二卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息,DMRS2为用于生成第二信号的信号序列,r2,i为第(i+1)个第二信号,r2,i属于K4个第二信号中的信号(即用于计算信道信息的信号为K4个第二信号中的信号),为r2,i对应的修正值,r2,i对应的信号可以表示为i的取值范围为[(g2-1),(N-1)],i为整数,φ2为第二相位偏移值,·和*均表示乘,g2为正整数,g2为K4个第二信号中的第一个第二信号在K2个第二信号中的排序。举个例子,比如K4个第二信号选取的是K2个第二信号中的前两个,即K4个第二信号中的第一个第二信号在K2个第二信号中的排序也是第一个,g2的取值为1,i的取值范围为[0,(N-1)]。In formula (10), is the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device, DMRS2 is a signal sequence used to generate the second signal, r 2,i is the (i+1)th second signal, and r 2,i belongs to a signal among the K4 second signals (that is, the signal used to calculate the channel information is a signal among the K4 second signals), is the correction value corresponding to r 2,i , and the signal corresponding to r 2,i can be expressed as The value range of i is [(g 2 -1), (N-1)], i is an integer, φ 2 is the second phase offset value, · and * both represent multiplication, g 2 is a positive integer, and g 2 is the ranking of the first second signal among the K4 second signals among the K2 second signals. For example, if the K4 second signals are the first two among the K2 second signals, that is, the ranking of the first second signal among the K4 second signals among the K2 second signals is also the first, the value of g 2 is 1, and the value range of i is [0, (N-1)].

再举个例子,比如K4个第二信号选取的是K2个第二信号中的第二个和第三个,即K4个第二信号中的第一个第二信号在K2个第一信号中的排序是第二个,因此g2的取值为2,i的取值范围为[1,(N-1)]。上述公式(10)在该示例中也可以对应写为:其中,r2,1为第二个第二信号(即终端装置收到的第二信号#21),r2,2为第三个第二信号(即终端装置收到的第二信号#22)。For another example, for example, the K4 second signals are the second and third of the K2 second signals, that is, the first second signal of the K4 second signals is ranked second among the K2 first signals, so the value of g2 is 2 , and the value range of i is [1, (N-1)]. The above formula (10) can also be written as: Among them, r 2,1 is the second second signal (ie, the second signal # 21 received by the terminal device), and r 2,2 is the third second signal (ie, the second signal # 22 received by the terminal device).

结合图5A可以看出,在计算第二卫星装置和终端装置之间的信道信息时,由于图5A中的第二信号#20的传输过程中,有一部分是没有受到第一卫星装置的信号的影响。而第二信号#21和第二信号#22都受到了第一卫星装置的信号的影响。因此,用于计算第二卫星装置和终端装置之间的信道信息的信号为第二信号#21和第二信号#22。计算第二卫星装置的信道信息的方案也可以参见计算第一卫星装置的方案,选择用于计算第二卫星装置和终端装置之间的信道信息的信号也可以参见选择K1个第一信号的方案,不再赘述。As can be seen from FIG. 5A , when calculating the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device, a portion of the second signal #20 in FIG. 5A is not affected by the signal of the first satellite device during transmission. However, the second signal #21 and the second signal #22 are both affected by the signal of the first satellite device. Therefore, the signals used to calculate the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device are the second signal #21 and the second signal #22. The scheme for calculating the channel information of the second satellite device can also refer to the scheme for calculating the channel information of the first satellite device, and the signal for selecting the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device can also refer to the scheme for selecting K1 first signals, which will not be described in detail.

通过上述分析可以看出,应用本申请实施例提供的方案,在后续信道估计过程中,信号受到的干扰可以被消除,继而可以提高信道信息的准确性。It can be seen from the above analysis that by applying the solution provided in the embodiment of the present application, in the subsequent channel estimation process, the interference to the signal can be eliminated, thereby improving the accuracy of the channel information.

示例F2,以N个卫星装置包括第一卫星装置、第二卫星装置和第三卫星装置为例进行介绍。Example F2 is described by taking the N satellite devices including a first satellite device, a second satellite device and a third satellite device as an example.

图5B示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的终端装置接收到的信号的一种可能的示例。与图5A的区别之处在于,图5B所示的示例中,终端装置接收到的来自第一卫星装置的信号还包括第一信号#13。终端装置接收到的来自第二卫星装置的信号还包括第二信号#23。终端装置接收到的来自第三卫星装置的信号比如包括第三信号#30、第三信号#31、第三信号#32和第三信号#33。其他内容参见图5A的相关描述,不再赘述。FIG5B exemplarily shows a possible example of a signal received by a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application. The difference from FIG5A is that, in the example shown in FIG5B , the signal received by the terminal device from the first satellite device also includes a first signal #13. The signal received by the terminal device from the second satellite device also includes a second signal #23. The signal received by the terminal device from the third satellite device includes, for example, a third signal #30, a third signal #31, a third signal #32, and a third signal #33. For other contents, please refer to the relevant description of FIG5A and will not be repeated here.

图5B中的第一信号#13的传输过程中,有一部分是没有受到第二卫星装置和第三卫星装置的信号的影响。第一时频资源可以视为第一信号#10、第一信号#11和第一信号#12到达终端装置时对应的时频资源。可以看出,第二卫星装置的信号到达终端装置时占用的时频资源也包括该第一时频资源,第三卫星装置的信号到达终端装置时占用的时频资源也包括该第一时频资源。During the transmission of the first signal #13 in FIG5B , a portion is not affected by the signals of the second satellite device and the third satellite device. The first time-frequency resource can be regarded as the time-frequency resource corresponding to the first signal #10, the first signal #11, and the first signal #12 when they arrive at the terminal device. It can be seen that the time-frequency resource occupied by the signal of the second satellite device when it arrives at the terminal device also includes the first time-frequency resource, and the time-frequency resource occupied by the signal of the third satellite device when it arrives at the terminal device also includes the first time-frequency resource.

如图5B所示,K3个第一信号可以为第一信号#10、第一信号#11、第一信号#12中的全部或部分。从图5B可以看出,第一信号#10、第一信号#11、第一信号#12中的每个第一信号的整个传输过程都受到了第二卫星装置的信号的影响。也可以理解为,图5B的示例中,第一信号#10、第一信号#11、第一信号#12中的每个第一信号到达终端装置时对应的时频资源为K2个第二信号(即第二信号#20、第二信号#21、第二信号#22和第二信号#23)到达终端装置时对应的时频资源的子集。第一信号#10、第一信号#11、第一信号#12中的每个第一信号到达终端装置时对应的时频资源为来自第三卫星装置的信号(比如第三信号#30、第三信号#31和第三信号#32)到达终端装置时对应的时频资源的子集。As shown in FIG5B, K3 first signals may be all or part of the first signal #10, the first signal #11, and the first signal #12. As can be seen from FIG5B, the entire transmission process of each of the first signals #10, the first signal #11, and the first signal #12 is affected by the signal of the second satellite device. It can also be understood that in the example of FIG5B, the time-frequency resources corresponding to each of the first signals #10, the first signal #11, and the first signal #12 when arriving at the terminal device are subsets of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the K2 second signals (i.e., the second signal #20, the second signal #21, the second signal #22, and the second signal #23) when arriving at the terminal device. The time-frequency resources corresponding to each of the first signals #10, the first signal #11, and the first signal #12 when arriving at the terminal device are subsets of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the signals from the third satellite device (such as the third signal #30, the third signal #31, and the third signal #32) when arriving at the terminal device.

与图5A相比,区别之处在于:图5B中,第一卫星装置发送的第一信号#13为第二卫星装置发送的第二信号#23为第三卫星装置发送的第三信号#30为XDMRS,3,第三信号#31为第三信号#32为第三信号#33为其他内容参见图5A的相关描述,不再赘述。Compared with FIG. 5A , the difference is that in FIG. 5B , the first signal #13 sent by the first satellite device is The second signal #23 sent by the second satellite device is The third signal #30 sent by the third satellite device is X DMRS,3 , and the third signal #31 is The third signal #32 is The third signal #33 is For other contents, please refer to the relevant description of Figure 5A and will not be repeated here.

第一卫星装置和终端装置之间的信道信息可以基于以下公式(11)进行计算:
The channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device can be calculated based on the following formula (11):

在公式(11)中,为第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息,DMRS1为用于生成第一信号的信号序列,r1,2为第三个第一信号(即终端装置收到的第一信号#12),为r1,2对应的修正值,r1,2对应的信号可以表示为该示例中,以K3个第一信号为K1个第一信号中的前三个第一信号为例进行介绍。In formula (11), is the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device, DMRS1 is the signal sequence used to generate the first signal, r 1,2 is the third first signal (ie, the first signal #12 received by the terminal device), is the correction value corresponding to r 1,2 , and the signal corresponding to r 1,2 can be expressed as In this example, the K3 first signals are taken as the first three first signals of the K1 first signals for introduction.

公式(10)的参数可以参见公式(9)中的相关内容,不再赘述。The parameters of formula (10) can be found in the relevant content of formula (9) and will not be repeated here.

类似的,第二卫星装置和终端装置之间的信道信息可以基于以下公式(12)进行计算:
Similarly, the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device can be calculated based on the following formula (12):

在公式(12)中,为第二卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息,为r2,3对应的修正值,r2,3为第四个第二信号,r2,3对应的信号可以表示为该示例中,以K4个第二信号为K2个第二信号中的第二个第二信号、第三个第二信号和第四个第二信号为例进行介绍。公式(12)的参数可以参见公式(10)中的相关内容,不再赘述。In formula (12), is the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device, is the correction value corresponding to r 2,3 , r 2,3 is the fourth second signal, and the signal corresponding to r 2,3 can be expressed as In this example, the K4 second signals are the second second signal, the third second signal and the fourth second signal of the K2 second signals. The parameters of formula (12) can refer to the relevant content in formula (10), which will not be repeated here.

结合图5B可以看出,在计算第二卫星装置和终端装置之间的信道信息时,由于图5B中的第二信号#20的传输过程中,有一部分是没有受到至少一个其他卫星装置(比如第一卫星装置)的信号的影响,而第二信号#21、第二信号#22和第二信号#23都受到了第一卫星装置的信号的影响。且而第二信号#21、第二信号#22和第二信号#23都受到了第三卫星装置的信号的影响。因此,用于计算第二卫星装置和终端装置之间的信道信息的信号为第二信号#21、第二信号#22和第二信号#23。计算第二卫星装置的信道信息的方案也可以参见计算第一卫星装置的方案,选择用于计算第二卫星装置和终端装置之间的信道信息的信号也可以参见选择K1个第三信号的方案,不再赘述。As can be seen from FIG. 5B , when calculating the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device, a portion of the second signal #20 in FIG. 5B is not affected by the signal of at least one other satellite device (such as the first satellite device) during transmission, while the second signal #21, the second signal #22, and the second signal #23 are all affected by the signal of the first satellite device. And the second signal #21, the second signal #22, and the second signal #23 are all affected by the signal of the third satellite device. Therefore, the signals used to calculate the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device are the second signal #21, the second signal #22, and the second signal #23. The scheme for calculating the channel information of the second satellite device can also refer to the scheme for calculating the first satellite device, and the signal for selecting the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device can also refer to the scheme for selecting K1 third signals, which will not be repeated.

类似的,第三卫星装置和终端装置之间的信道信息可以基于以下公式(13)进行计算:
Similarly, the channel information between the third satellite device and the terminal device can be calculated based on the following formula (13):

在公式(13)中,为第二卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息,DMRS3为用于生成第三信号的信号序列,r3,0为第一个第三信号(即终端装置收到的第三信号#30),r3,0对应的信号可以表示为DMRS3,r3,1为第二个第三信号(即终端装置收到的第三信号#31),r3,2为第三个第三信号(即终端装置收到的第三信号#32),为r3,1对应的修正值,r3,1对应的信号可以表示为为r3,2对应的修正值,r3,2对应的信号可以表示为r3,0对应的修正值为1。该示例中,以用于计算第三卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息为前三个第三信号为例进行介绍。相关内容更可以参见第一卫星装置和第二卫星装置的描述,不再赘述。In formula (13), is the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device, DMRS3 is a signal sequence for generating the third signal, r 3,0 is the first third signal (i.e., the third signal #30 received by the terminal device), the signal corresponding to r 3,0 can be expressed as DMRS3, r 3,1 is the second third signal (i.e., the third signal #31 received by the terminal device), and r 3,2 is the third third signal (i.e., the third signal #32 received by the terminal device), is the correction value corresponding to r 3,1 , and the signal corresponding to r 3,1 can be expressed as is the correction value corresponding to r 3,2 , and the signal corresponding to r 3,2 can be expressed as The correction value corresponding to r 3,0 is 1. In this example, the first three third signals used to calculate the channel information between the third satellite device and the terminal device are used as an example for introduction. For related contents, please refer to the description of the first satellite device and the second satellite device, which will not be repeated here.

结合图5B可以看出,在计算第三卫星装置和终端装置之间的信道信息时,由于图5B中的第三信号#33的传输过程中,有一部分是没有受到至少一个其他卫星装置(比如第二卫星装置)的信号的影响,而第三信号#30、第三信号#31和第三信号#32都受到了第一卫星装置的信号的影响。且而第三信号#30、第三信号#31和第三信号#32都受到了第二卫星装置的信号的影响。因此,用于计算第三卫星装置和终端装置之间的信道信息的信号为第三信号#30、第三信号#31和第三信号#32。计算第三卫星装置的信道信息的方案也可以参见计算第一卫星装置的方案,选择用于计算第二卫星装置和终端装置之间的信道信息的信号也可以参见选择K1个第三信号的方案,不再赘述。As can be seen from FIG. 5B , when calculating the channel information between the third satellite device and the terminal device, a portion of the third signal #33 in FIG. 5B is not affected by the signal of at least one other satellite device (such as the second satellite device) during transmission, while the third signal #30, the third signal #31, and the third signal #32 are all affected by the signal of the first satellite device. Moreover, the third signal #30, the third signal #31, and the third signal #32 are all affected by the signal of the second satellite device. Therefore, the signals used to calculate the channel information between the third satellite device and the terminal device are the third signal #30, the third signal #31, and the third signal #32. The scheme for calculating the channel information of the third satellite device can also refer to the scheme for calculating the first satellite device, and the signal for selecting the channel information between the second satellite device and the terminal device can also refer to the scheme for selecting K1 third signals, which will not be described in detail.

也就是说,针对一个卫星装置发送信号,在进行信道估计时,所选择的使用的信号需要受到N个卫星装置中的其他卫星装置中每个卫星装置的信号的影响,如此,后续在进行信道估计时可以将干扰降低或消除,从而提高获取的信道信息的准确度。That is to say, when a satellite device sends a signal and performs channel estimation, the signal selected for use needs to be affected by the signals of each satellite device among the other satellite devices among the N satellite devices. In this way, interference can be reduced or eliminated during subsequent channel estimation, thereby improving the accuracy of the acquired channel information.

通过图4提供的方案,可以看出,本申请实施例提供的方案中,由于一个卫星装置发送的信号的相位可以调,和/或占用的时间单元的数量可以调,因此可以通过调整这些参数中的至少一项,降低后续信道估计过程中的干扰,从而提高获取的信道信息的准确度。From the scheme provided in Figure 4, it can be seen that in the scheme provided in the embodiment of the present application, since the phase of the signal sent by a satellite device can be adjusted, and/or the number of occupied time units can be adjusted, it is possible to reduce interference in the subsequent channel estimation process by adjusting at least one of these parameters, thereby improving the accuracy of the acquired channel information.

又一种可能的实施方式中,终端装置的位置信息会发生变动,和/或,卫星装置的位置也会发生变动。继而会导致与终端装置通信的卫星装置与终端装置之间的信号传输时延发生变化,和/或,卫星装置发送的信号到达终端装置时发生的频率偏移会发生变化。因此本申请实施例中卫星装置后续可以更新发送的信号的相位,比如可以更新卫星装置发送的信号占用的时间单元的数量和/或对应的TPF。以便进一步提高信道信息的准确性。In another possible implementation, the location information of the terminal device may change, and/or the location of the satellite device may also change. This may then cause the signal transmission delay between the satellite device communicating with the terminal device and the terminal device to change, and/or the frequency offset that occurs when the signal sent by the satellite device reaches the terminal device may change. Therefore, in an embodiment of the present application, the satellite device may subsequently update the phase of the signal sent, such as updating the number of time units occupied by the signal sent by the satellite device and/or the corresponding TPF. In order to further improve the accuracy of the channel information.

图6示例性示出了本申请实施例提供的一种效果示意图。如图6所示,图6中的(a)中的线#11和线#21为未应用本申请实施例提供的方案的示例,图6中的(b)中的线#11和线#21为应用本申请实施例提供的方案的示例。在图6的(a)和(b)中,线#10和线#20表示传统的最小二乘(least square,LS)信道估计方法,线#12和线#22表示单星信道估计方法,其中线#10、线#11和线#12为在时域加窗前的性能,线#20、线#21和线#22为在时域加窗后的性能。这里,时域加窗表示,在利用LS得到频域信道估计值后,将其变换至时域,得到时域信道估计值,然后将时域信道估计值乘以窗函数,从而过滤掉窗口外的干扰和噪声信号,最后将加窗后的时域信道估计值再变换回频域,得到最终的频域信道估计值。图6的(b)中,线#11基本上与线#12重合,线#21基本上与线#22重合。从图6的(a)的线#11和线#21和图6的(b)的线#11和线#21可以看出,应用本申请实施例提供的方案,可以较好地抑制不同卫星之间的信号(比如导频)干扰,可能可以达到与单星信道估计完全相同的性能。FIG6 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of an effect provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG6 , line #11 and line #21 in (a) of FIG6 are examples in which the solution provided by an embodiment of the present application is not applied, and line #11 and line #21 in (b) of FIG6 are examples in which the solution provided by an embodiment of the present application is applied. In (a) and (b) of FIG6 , line #10 and line #20 represent the traditional least square (LS) channel estimation method, and line #12 and line #22 represent the single-satellite channel estimation method, wherein line #10, line #11 and line #12 are the performance before time domain windowing, and line #20, line #21 and line #22 are the performance after time domain windowing. Here, time domain windowing means that after the frequency domain channel estimation value is obtained by LS, it is transformed into the time domain to obtain the time domain channel estimation value, and then the time domain channel estimation value is multiplied by the window function to filter out the interference and noise signals outside the window, and finally the windowed time domain channel estimation value is transformed back to the frequency domain to obtain the final frequency domain channel estimation value. In (b) of Figure 6, line #11 basically coincides with line #12, and line #21 basically coincides with line #22. It can be seen from line #11 and line #21 of (a) of Figure 6 and line #11 and line #21 of (b) of Figure 6 that the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application can better suppress the interference of signals (such as pilots) between different satellites, and it may be possible to achieve the same performance as the single-satellite channel estimation.

可以理解的是,为了实现上述实施例中功能,第一装置、第二装置和定位管理装置可以包括执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本申请中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及方法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件相结合的形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用场景和设计约束条件。It is understandable that in order to implement the functions in the above embodiments, the first device, the second device and the positioning management device may include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the execution of each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that, in combination with the units and method steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed in this application, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in the form of hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application scenario and design constraints of the technical solution.

图7和图8为本申请的实施例提供的可能的通信装置的结构示意图。这些通信装置可以用于实现上述方法实施例中终端或基站的功能,因此也能实现上述方法实施例所具备的有益效果。在本申请的实施例中,该通信装置可以是如图1A或图1B所示的终端设备或终端设备的芯片系统,也可以是应用于图1A或图1B所示的卫星设备或卫星设备的芯片系统。Figures 7 and 8 are schematic diagrams of the structures of possible communication devices provided by embodiments of the present application. These communication devices can be used to implement the functions of the terminal or base station in the above method embodiments, and thus can also achieve the beneficial effects possessed by the above method embodiments. In an embodiment of the present application, the communication device can be a terminal device or a chip system of a terminal device as shown in Figure 1A or Figure 1B, or it can be a satellite device or a chip system of a satellite device as shown in Figure 1A or Figure 1B.

如图7所示,通信装置1300包括处理单元1310和收发单元1320。通信装置1300用于实现上述图2或图4中所示的方法实施例中终端装置、第一卫星装置或第二卫星装置的功能。收发单元1320也可以称为通信单元。收发单元1320可以包括发送单元和接收单元。As shown in FIG7 , the communication device 1300 includes a processing unit 1310 and a transceiver unit 1320. The communication device 1300 is used to implement the functions of the terminal device, the first satellite device, or the second satellite device in the method embodiment shown in FIG2 or FIG4 . The transceiver unit 1320 may also be referred to as a communication unit. The transceiver unit 1320 may include a sending unit and a receiving unit.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2所示的方法实施例中终端装置的功能时,收发单元1320可以执行上述步骤201,处理单元1310用于执行步骤202。当通信装置1300用于实现图2所示的方法实施例中卫星装置的功能时,收发单元1320可以执行上述步骤201。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG2 , the transceiver unit 1320 may perform the above step 201, and the processing unit 1310 may perform step 202. When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the satellite device in the method embodiment shown in FIG2 , the transceiver unit 1320 may perform the above step 201.

当通信装置1300用于实现图4所示的方法实施例中终端装置的功能时,收发单元1320可以执行上述步骤401、步骤403、步骤404、步骤406和步骤407,处理单元1310用于执行步骤408。当通信装置1300用于实现图4所示的方法实施例中第一卫星装置的功能时,收发单元1320可以执行上述步骤401、步骤403、步骤404、步骤406和步骤407,处理单元1310用于执行步骤402和步骤405。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG4 , the transceiver unit 1320 may perform the above steps 401, 403, 404, 406, and 407, and the processing unit 1310 is used to perform step 408. When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the first satellite device in the method embodiment shown in FIG4 , the transceiver unit 1320 may perform the above steps 401, 403, 404, 406, and 407, and the processing unit 1310 is used to perform steps 402 and 405.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中终端装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,接收单元用于接收来自第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号。处理单元1310用于根据第一相位偏移值和K1个第一信号中的部分或全部,确定第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4, in a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit is used to receive K1 first signals from the first satellite device. The processing unit 1310 is used to determine the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device according to the first phase offset value and part or all of the K1 first signals.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中终端装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,接收单元用于接收来自第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 , in a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit is used to receive K2 second signals from the second satellite device.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中终端装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,发送单元用于发送用于指示第一频率差的信息,第一频率差用于确定第一相位偏移值。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in Figure 2 or Figure 4, in a possible implementation, the sending unit is used to send information indicating a first frequency difference, and the first frequency difference is used to determine a first phase offset value.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中终端装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,发送单元用于发送终端装置的位置信息,位置信息用于确定第一相位偏移值。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 , in a possible implementation manner, the sending unit is used to send location information of the terminal device, and the location information is used to determine the first phase offset value.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中终端装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,接收单元用于接收用于指示第一相位偏移值的信息,根据用于指示第一相位偏移值的信息确定第一相位偏移值。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in Figure 2 or Figure 4, in one possible implementation, the receiving unit is used to receive information indicating a first phase offset value, and determine the first phase offset value based on the information indicating the first phase offset value.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中终端装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,处理单元1310用于获取第一频率差,根据第一频率差确定第一相位偏移值。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 , in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 1310 is used to obtain a first frequency difference, and determine a first phase offset value according to the first frequency difference.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中终端装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,接收单元用于接收用于指示K1个时间单元的信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 , in a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit is used to receive information indicating K1 time units.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中终端装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,接收单元用于接收用于指示K2个时间单元的信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 , in a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit is used to receive information indicating K2 time units.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中终端装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,处理单元1310用于根据K3个第一信号,确定第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 , in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 1310 is used to determine the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device according to K3 first signals.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中终端装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,处理单元1310用于针对K3个第一信号中的第一信号,根据第一信号的相位,确定第一信号对应的修正值,根据K3个第一信号以及K3个第一信号中的第一信号对应的修正值,确定第一卫星装置与终端装置之间的信道信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in Figure 2 or Figure 4, in one possible implementation, the processing unit 1310 is used to determine, for a first signal among K3 first signals, a correction value corresponding to the first signal according to the phase of the first signal, and determine the channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device according to the K3 first signals and the correction value corresponding to the first signal among the K3 first signals.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中第一卫星装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,处理单元1310用于获取K1个第一信号对应的第一相位偏移值,发送单元用于发送K1个第一信号。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the first satellite device in the method embodiment shown in Figure 2 or Figure 4, in a possible implementation, the processing unit 1310 is used to obtain the first phase offset value corresponding to K1 first signals, and the sending unit is used to send K1 first signals.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中第一卫星装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,接收单元用于接收用于指示第一频率差的信息,根据第一频率差确定第一相位偏移值。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the first satellite device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 , in a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit is used to receive information indicating a first frequency difference, and determine a first phase offset value according to the first frequency difference.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中第一卫星装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,接收单元用于接收终端装置的位置信息,根据位置信息确定第一相位偏移值。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the first satellite device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 , in a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit is used to receive location information of the terminal device and determine the first phase offset value according to the location information.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中第一卫星装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,发送单元用于发送用于指示第一相位偏移值的信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the first satellite device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 , in a possible implementation manner, the sending unit is used to send information indicating the first phase offset value.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中第一卫星装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,发送单元用于发送用于指示第二相位偏移值的信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the first satellite device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 , in a possible implementation manner, the sending unit is used to send information indicating the second phase offset value.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中第一卫星装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,处理单元1310用于确定K1个时间单元和/或K2个时间单元。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the first satellite device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 , in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 1310 is used to determine K1 time units and/or K2 time units.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中第一卫星装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,发送单元用于发送用于指示K1个时间单元的信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the first satellite device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 , in a possible implementation manner, the sending unit is used to send information indicating K1 time units.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中第一卫星装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,发送单元用于发送用于指示K2个时间单元的信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the first satellite device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 , in a possible implementation manner, the sending unit is used to send information indicating K2 time units.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中第二卫星装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,处理单元1310用于获取K2个第二信号对应的第二相位偏移值,K2为大于1的正整数,第二相位偏移值为K1个第二信号中在时域上相邻的两个第二信号之间的相位偏移值,第二相位偏移值与第二卫星装置的信号传输至终端装置所发生的频率偏移的值关联;When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the second satellite device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 , in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 1310 is used to obtain second phase offset values corresponding to K2 second signals, where K2 is a positive integer greater than 1, and the second phase offset value is a phase offset value between two second signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 second signals, and the second phase offset value is associated with a value of a frequency offset that occurs when a signal of the second satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device;

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中第二卫星装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,发送单元用于发送K2个第二信号。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the second satellite device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 , in a possible implementation manner, the sending unit is used to send K2 second signals.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中第二卫星装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,接收单元用于接收用于指示第二相位偏移值的信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the second satellite device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 , in a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit is used to receive information indicating the second phase offset value.

当通信装置1300用于实现图2或图4所示的方法实施例中第二卫星装置的功能时,一种可能的实施方式中,接收单元用于接收用于指示K2个时间单元的信息。When the communication device 1300 is used to implement the function of the second satellite device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 , in a possible implementation manner, the receiving unit is used to receive information indicating K2 time units.

有关上述处理单元1310和收发单元1320更详细的描述可以参考图2或图4所示的方法实施例中相关描述。For a more detailed description of the processing unit 1310 and the transceiver unit 1320, reference may be made to the relevant description in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 .

如图8所示,通信装置1400包括处理器1410和接口电路1420。处理器1410和接口电路1420之间相互耦合。可以理解的是,接口电路1420可以为收发器或输入输出接口。其中,收发器包括发射器和接收器,发射器可以用于发送信息,接收器可以用于接收信息,其他功能可以由处理器实现。输入输出接口用于输入和/或输出信息,输出可以理解为发送,输入可以理解为接收,其他功能可以由处理器实现。可选的,通信装置1400还可以包括存储器1430,用于存储处理器1410执行的指令或存储处理器1410运行指令所需要的输入数据或存储处理器1410运行指令后产生的数据。As shown in FIG8 , the communication device 1400 includes a processor 1410 and an interface circuit 1420. The processor 1410 and the interface circuit 1420 are coupled to each other. It is understandable that the interface circuit 1420 may be a transceiver or an input-output interface. Among them, the transceiver includes a transmitter and a receiver, the transmitter can be used to send information, the receiver can be used to receive information, and other functions can be implemented by the processor. The input-output interface is used to input and/or output information, the output can be understood as sending, the input can be understood as receiving, and other functions can be implemented by the processor. Optionally, the communication device 1400 may also include a memory 1430 for storing instructions executed by the processor 1410 or storing input data required for the processor 1410 to run the instructions or storing data generated after the processor 1410 runs the instructions.

当通信装置1400用于实现图2或图4所示的方法时,处理器1410用于实现上述处理单元1310的功能,接口电路1420用于实现上述收发单元1320的功能。When the communication device 1400 is used to implement the method shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 , the processor 1410 is used to implement the function of the processing unit 1310 , and the interface circuit 1420 is used to implement the function of the transceiver unit 1320 .

当上述通信装置为应用于终端的芯片时,该终端芯片实现上述方法实施例中终端装置的功能。该终端芯片接收来自卫星设备的信息,可以理解为该信息是先由终端中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收到的,然后再由这些模块发送给终端芯片。该终端芯片向卫星设备发送信息,可以理解为该信息是先发送给终端中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线),然后再由这些模块向卫星设备发送。When the communication device is a chip applied to a terminal, the terminal chip implements the function of the terminal device in the above method embodiment. The terminal chip receives information from the satellite device, which can be understood as the information is first received by other modules in the terminal (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna), and then sent to the terminal chip by these modules. The terminal chip sends information to the satellite device, which can be understood as the information is first sent to other modules in the terminal (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna), and then sent to the satellite device by these modules.

当上述通信装置为应用于卫星设备的芯片时,该卫星设备芯片实现上述方法实施例中卫星装置的功能。该卫星设备芯片接收来自终端的信息,可以理解为该信息是先由卫星设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收到的,然后再由这些模块发送给卫星设备芯片。该卫星设备芯片向终端发送信息,可以理解为该信息是下发送给卫星设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线),然后再由这些模块向终端发送。When the above-mentioned communication device is a chip applied to satellite equipment, the satellite equipment chip realizes the function of the satellite device in the above-mentioned method embodiment. The satellite equipment chip receives information from the terminal, which can be understood as the information is first received by other modules in the satellite equipment (such as radio frequency module or antenna), and then sent to the satellite equipment chip by these modules. The satellite equipment chip sends information to the terminal, which can be understood as the information is sent to other modules in the satellite equipment (such as radio frequency module or antenna), and then sent to the terminal by these modules.

在本申请中,实体A向实体B发送信息,可以是A直接向B发送,也可以是A经过其它实体间接地向B发送。同样的,实体B接收来自实体A的信息,可以是实体B直接接收实体A发送的信息,也可以是实体B通过其它实体间接地接收实体A发送的信息。这里的实体A和B可以是卫星设备或终端,也可以是卫星设备或终端内部的模块。信息的发送与接收可以是卫星设备与终端之间的信息交互,例如,卫星设备与终端之间的信息交互;信息的发送与接收也可以是两个卫星设备之间的信息交互,例如CU和DU之间的信息交互;信息的发送与接收还可以是在一个装置内部不同模块之间的信息交互,例如,终端芯片与终端其它模块之间的信息交互,或者,基站芯片与该基站中其它模块之间的信息交互。In the present application, when entity A sends information to entity B, it can be that A sends it directly to B, or that A sends it to B indirectly through other entities. Similarly, when entity B receives information from entity A, it can be that entity B directly receives the information sent by entity A, or that entity B indirectly receives the information sent by entity A through other entities. Entities A and B here can be satellite devices or terminals, or modules inside satellite devices or terminals. The sending and receiving of information can be information interaction between a satellite device and a terminal, for example, information interaction between a satellite device and a terminal; the sending and receiving of information can also be information interaction between two satellite devices, for example, information interaction between a CU and a DU; the sending and receiving of information can also be information interaction between different modules inside a device, for example, information interaction between a terminal chip and other modules of the terminal, or information interaction between a base station chip and other modules in the base station.

可以理解的是,本申请的实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,CPU),还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件,硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器,也可以是任何常规的处理器。It is understandable that the processor in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.

本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以在硬件中实现,也可以在可由处理器执行的软件指令中实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器、闪存、只读存储器、可编程只读存储器、可擦除可编程只读存储器、电可擦除可编程只读存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于基站或终端中。处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于基站或终端中。The method steps in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in hardware or in software instructions that can be executed by a processor. The software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and the software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only memory, registers, hard disks, mobile hard disks, compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or any other form of storage medium known in the art. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium. The storage medium can also be a component of the processor. The processor and the storage medium can be located in an ASIC. In addition, the ASIC can be located in a base station or a terminal. The processor and the storage medium can also exist in a base station or a terminal as discrete components.

在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序或指令时,全部或部分地执行本申请实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其它可编程装置。计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,计算机程序或指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线或无线方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质,例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带;也可以是光介质,例如,数字视频光盘;还可以是半导体介质,例如,固态硬盘。该计算机可读存储介质可以是易失性或非易失性存储介质,或可包括易失性和非易失性两种类型的存储介质。In the above embodiments, it can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions. When a computer program or instruction is loaded and executed on a computer, the process or function of the embodiment of the present application is executed in whole or in part. The computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a user device or other programmable device. The computer program or instruction can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer program or instruction can be transmitted from one website site, computer, server or data center to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired or wireless means. The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that a computer can access or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that integrates one or more available media. The available medium can be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a tape; it can also be an optical medium, such as a digital video disc; it can also be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid-state hard disk. The computer-readable storage medium may be a volatile or nonvolatile storage medium, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile types of storage media.

在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In the various embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified or provided for in any logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between the different embodiments are consistent and may be referenced to each other, and the technical features in the different embodiments may be combined to form new embodiments according to their inherent logical relationships.

本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。在本申请的文字描述中,字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系;在本申请的公式中,字符“/”,表示前后关联对象是一种“相除”的关系。“包括A,B和C中的至少一个”可以表示:包括A;包括B;包括C;包括A和B;包括A和C;包括B和C;包括A、B和C。“包括A,B或C中的至少一个”可以表示:包括A;包括B;包括C;包括A和B;包括A和C;包括B和C;包括A、B和C。In the present application, "at least one" means one or more, and "more" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist. For example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural. In the text description of the present application, the character "/" generally indicates that the previous and next associated objects are in an "or" relationship; in the formula of the present application, the character "/" indicates that the previous and next associated objects are in a "division" relationship. "Including at least one of A, B and C" can mean: including A; including B; including C; including A and B; including A and C; including B and C; including A, B and C. "Including at least one of A, B or C" can mean: including A; including B; including C; including A and B; including A and C; including B and C; including A, B and C.

可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种编号(比如数字编号“第一”“第二”,再比如字母编号“A1、A2”、“B1、B2”、“C1、C2”等)仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。It is understandable that the various numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application (such as the digital numbers "first" and "second", and the letter numbers "A1, A2", "B1, B2", "C1, C2", etc.) are only distinguished for the convenience of description and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic.

Claims (36)

一种信道信息确定方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于终端装置,所述方法包括:A method for determining channel information, characterized in that the method is applied to a terminal device, and the method comprises: 接收来自第一卫星装置的K1个第一信号,所述K1为大于1的正整数,所述K1个第一信号中在时域上相邻的两个第一信号之间的相位偏移值为第一相位偏移值,所述第一相位偏移值与所述第一卫星装置的信号传输至所述终端装置所发生的频率偏移的值关联;receiving K1 first signals from a first satellite device, where K1 is a positive integer greater than 1, a phase offset value between two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals is a first phase offset value, and the first phase offset value is associated with a value of a frequency offset that occurs when a signal from the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device; 根据所述第一相位偏移值和所述K1个第一信号中的部分或全部,确定所述第一卫星装置与所述终端装置之间的信道信息。Channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device is determined according to the first phase offset value and part or all of the K1 first signals. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收来自第二卫星装置的K2个第二信号,所述K2为大于1的正整数;receiving K2 second signals from a second satellite device, where K2 is a positive integer greater than 1; 其中,所述第一相位偏移值与第一频率差关联,所述第一频率差为所述第一卫星装置的信号和所述第二卫星装置的信号分别传输至所述终端装置所发生的频率偏移的差值;或,The first phase offset value is associated with a first frequency difference, and the first frequency difference is a difference in frequency offsets that occur when the signal of the first satellite device and the signal of the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device; or, 所述第一相位偏移值、所述第二相位偏移值和所述第一频率差关联,所述第二相位偏移值为所述第二卫星装置发送的K2个第二信号中在时域上相邻的两个第二信号之间的相位偏移值。The first phase offset value, the second phase offset value and the first frequency difference are associated, and the second phase offset value is a phase offset value between two second signals adjacent in the time domain among K2 second signals sent by the second satellite device. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一相位偏移值为φ1,所述第二相位偏移值为φ2
The method according to claim 2, wherein the first phase offset value is φ 1 , the second phase offset value is φ 2 ,
所述βD1,2为所述第一卫星装置的信号和所述第二卫星装置的信号分别传输至所述终端装置所发生的相位偏移值的差,所述π为常数,所述q1为正整数,所述N为与所述终端装置通信的N个卫星装置的数量。The β D1,2 is the difference in phase offset values when the signal of the first satellite device and the signal of the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device, the π is a constant, the q 1 is a positive integer, and the N is the number of N satellite devices communicating with the terminal device.
如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述q1的值为奇数。The method according to claim 3, characterized in that the value of q1 is an odd number. 如权利要求2-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 4, characterized in that the method further comprises: 发送用于指示所述第一频率差的信息,所述第一频率差用于确定所述第一相位偏移值;或,sending information indicating the first frequency difference, where the first frequency difference is used to determine the first phase offset value; or, 发送所述终端装置的位置信息,所述位置信息用于确定所述第一相位偏移值。Sending location information of the terminal device, where the location information is used to determine the first phase offset value. 如权利要求2-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 5, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收用于指示所述第一相位偏移值的信息,根据所述用于指示所述第一相位偏移值的信息确定所述第一相位偏移值;或,receiving information indicating the first phase offset value, and determining the first phase offset value according to the information indicating the first phase offset value; or, 获取所述第一频率差,根据所述第一频率差确定所述第一相位偏移值。The first frequency difference is acquired, and the first phase offset value is determined according to the first frequency difference. 如权利要求2-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,以下参数中的至少一项是可调的:所述第一相位偏移值,所述第二相位偏移值,所述K1的值,或所述K2的值。The method according to any one of claims 2 to 6, characterized in that at least one of the following parameters is adjustable: the first phase offset value, the second phase offset value, the value of K1, or the value of K2. 如权利要求2-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述K1个第一信号是所述第一卫星装置在K1个时间单元上发送的,所述K2个第二信号是所述第二卫星装置在K2个时间单元上发送的,所述K2的值和/或所述K1的值与第一时间差关联,所述第一时间差是根据所述K1个第一信号和所述K2个第二信号分别到达所述终端装置的时间之间的差确定的。The method according to any one of claims 2 to 7 is characterized in that the K1 first signals are sent by the first satellite device at K1 time units, the K2 second signals are sent by the second satellite device at K2 time units, the value of K2 and/or the value of K1 are associated with a first time difference, and the first time difference is determined based on the difference between the times when the K1 first signals and the K2 second signals respectively arrive at the terminal device. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 8, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收用于指示所述K1个时间单元的信息,和/或,用于指示所述K2个时间单元的信息。Receive information indicating the K1 time units and/or information indicating the K2 time units. 如权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于:The method according to claim 8 or 9, characterized in that: 所述第一时间差小于或等于循环前缀CP占用的时长的情况下:所述K1等于或大于所述N,和/或,所述K2等于或大于所述N,所述N为与所述终端装置通信的N个卫星装置的数量;或,When the first time difference is less than or equal to the duration occupied by the cyclic prefix CP: the K1 is equal to or greater than the N, and/or the K2 is equal to or greater than the N, where N is the number of N satellite devices communicating with the terminal device; or 所述第一时间差大于CP占用的时长,且所述第一时间差小于或等于一个时间单元的时长的情况下:所述K1等于或大于(N+1),和/或,所述K2等于或大于所述(N+1)。When the first time difference is greater than the duration occupied by the CP, and the first time difference is less than or equal to the duration of a time unit: K1 is equal to or greater than (N+1), and/or K2 is equal to or greater than (N+1). 如权利要求8-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于:The method according to any one of claims 8 to 10, characterized in that: 所述K1个时间单元的第一个时间单元和所述K2个时间单元的第一个时间单元之间包括偏移量,所述偏移量用于使所述第一卫星装置的所述K1个第一信号和所述第二卫星装置的所述K2个第二信号分别到达所述终端装置的时间之间的差小于或等于一个时间单元的时长。An offset is included between the first time unit of the K1 time units and the first time unit of the K2 time units, and the offset is used to make the difference between the time when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device respectively arrive at the terminal device less than or equal to the duration of one time unit. 如权利要求8-11任一项所述的方法,其特征在于:The method according to any one of claims 8 to 11, characterized in that: 所述K1个第一信号的起始发送时刻与所述K2个第二信号的起始发送时刻之间的差为第二时间差,所述第二时间差用于使所述第一卫星装置的所述K1个第一信号和所述第二卫星装置的所述K2个第二信号分别到达所述终端装置的时间之间的差小于或等于一个时间单元的时长。The difference between the start sending time of the K1 first signals and the start sending time of the K2 second signals is the second time difference, and the second time difference is used to make the difference between the time when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device respectively arrive at the terminal device less than or equal to the duration of a time unit. 如权利要求8-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述K1个第一信号包括K3个第一信号,所述K3为小于或等于所述K1的正整数,所述K3个第一信号中的每个第一信号到达所述终端装置时对应的时频资源为所述K2个第二信号到达所述终端装置时对应的时频资源的子集或全集;The method according to any one of claims 8 to 12, characterized in that the K1 first signals include K3 first signals, the K3 is a positive integer less than or equal to the K1, and the time-frequency resources corresponding to each first signal of the K3 first signals when arriving at the terminal device are a subset or a full set of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the K2 second signals when arriving at the terminal device; 所述根据所述K1个第一信号中的部分或全部,确定所述第一卫星装置与所述终端装置之间的信道信息,包括:The determining, according to part or all of the K1 first signals, channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device includes: 根据所述K3个第一信号,确定所述第一卫星装置与所述终端装置之间的信道信息。Channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device is determined according to the K3 first signals. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13, characterized in that the method further comprises: 针对所述K3个第一信号中的第一信号,根据所述第一信号的相位,所述确定第一信号对应的修正值;For a first signal among the K3 first signals, determining a correction value corresponding to the first signal according to a phase of the first signal; 根据所述K3个第一信号,以及所述K3个第一信号中的所述第一信号对应的修正值,确定所述第一卫星装置与所述终端装置之间的信道信息。Channel information between the first satellite device and the terminal device is determined according to the K3 first signals and the correction value corresponding to the first signal among the K3 first signals. 一种信道信息确定方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于第一卫星装置,所述方法包括:A channel information determination method, characterized in that the method is applied to a first satellite device, and the method comprises: 获取K1个第一信号对应的第一相位偏移值,所述K1为大于1的正整数,所述第一相位偏移值为所述K1个第一信号中在时域上相邻的两个第一信号之间的相位偏移值,所述第一相位偏移值与所述第一卫星装置的信号传输至所述终端装置所发生的频率偏移的值关联;Acquire a first phase offset value corresponding to K1 first signals, where K1 is a positive integer greater than 1, the first phase offset value is a phase offset value between two first signals adjacent in the time domain among the K1 first signals, and the first phase offset value is associated with a value of a frequency offset that occurs when a signal from the first satellite device is transmitted to the terminal device; 发送所述K1个第一信号。The K1 first signals are sent. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一相位偏移值与第一频率差关联,所述第一频率差为所述第一卫星装置的信号和第二卫星装置的信号分别传输至所述终端装置所发生的频率偏移的差值;或,The method of claim 15, wherein the first phase offset value is associated with a first frequency difference, and the first frequency difference is a difference in frequency offsets that occur when a signal from the first satellite device and a signal from a second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device; or 所述第一相位偏移值、所述第二相位偏移值和所述第一频率差关联,所述第二相位偏移值为所述第二卫星装置发送的K2个第二信号中在时域上相邻的两个第二信号之间的相位偏移值,所述K2为大于1的正整数。The first phase offset value, the second phase offset value and the first frequency difference are associated, the second phase offset value is the phase offset value between two second signals adjacent in the time domain among K2 second signals sent by the second satellite device, and K2 is a positive integer greater than 1. 如权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一相位偏移值为φ1,所述第二相位偏移值为φ2
The method according to claim 15 or 16, characterized in that the first phase offset value is φ 1 , the second phase offset value is φ 2 ,
所述βD1,2为所述第一卫星装置的信号和所述第二卫星装置的信号分别传输至所述终端装置所发生的相位偏移值的差,所述π为常数,所述q1为正整数,所述N为与所述终端装置通信的N个卫星装置的数量。The β D1,2 is the difference in phase offset values when the signal of the first satellite device and the signal of the second satellite device are respectively transmitted to the terminal device, the π is a constant, the q 1 is a positive integer, and the N is the number of N satellite devices communicating with the terminal device.
如权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述q1的值为奇数。The method according to claim 17, characterized in that the value of q1 is an odd number. 如权利要求16-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 16 to 18, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收用于指示所述第一频率差的信息,根据所述第一频率差确定所述第一相位偏移值;或,receiving information indicating the first frequency difference, and determining the first phase offset value according to the first frequency difference; or, 接收所述终端装置的位置信息,根据所述位置信息确定所述第一相位偏移值。Receive location information of the terminal device, and determine the first phase offset value according to the location information. 如权利要求16-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 16 to 19, characterized in that the method further comprises: 发送用于指示所述第一相位偏移值的信息;和/或;sending information indicating the first phase offset value; and/or; 发送用于指示所述第二相位偏移值的信息。Information indicating the second phase offset value is sent. 如权利要求16-20任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,以下参数中的至少一项是可调的:所述第一相位偏移值,所述第二相位偏移值,所述K1的值,或所述K2的值。The method according to any one of claims 16 to 20, characterized in that at least one of the following parameters is adjustable: the first phase offset value, the second phase offset value, the value of K1, or the value of K2. 如权利要求16-21任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述K1个第一信号是所述第一卫星装置在K1个时间单元上发送的,所述K2个第二信号是所述第二卫星装置在K2个时间单元上发送的;The method according to any one of claims 16 to 21, characterized in that the K1 first signals are sent by the first satellite device in K1 time units, and the K2 second signals are sent by the second satellite device in K2 time units; 所述方法还包括:The method further comprises: 确定所述K1个时间单元和/或所述K2个时间单元,所述K2的值和/或所述K1的值与第一时间差关联,所述第一时间差是根据所述K1个第一信号和所述K2个第二信号分别到达所述终端装置的时间之间的差确定的。The K1 time units and/or the K2 time units are determined, wherein the value of K2 and/or the value of K1 is associated with a first time difference, wherein the first time difference is determined based on the difference between the times when the K1 first signals and the K2 second signals respectively arrive at the terminal device. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 22, characterized in that the method further comprises: 发送用于指示所述K1个时间单元的信息;和/或,Sending information indicating the K1 time units; and/or, 发送用于指示所述K2个时间单元的信息。Information indicating the K2 time units is sent. 如权利要求22或23所述的方法,其特征在于:The method according to claim 22 or 23, characterized in that: 所述第一时间差小于或等于循环前缀CP占用的时长的情况下:所述K1等于或大于所述N,和/或,所述K2等于或大于所述N,所述N为与所述终端装置通信的N个卫星装置的数量;或,When the first time difference is less than or equal to the duration occupied by the cyclic prefix CP: the K1 is equal to or greater than the N, and/or the K2 is equal to or greater than the N, where N is the number of N satellite devices communicating with the terminal device; or 所述第一时间差大于CP占用的时长,且所述第一时间差小于或等于一个时间单元的时长的情况下:所述K1等于或大于(N+1),和/或,所述K2等于或大于所述(N+1)。When the first time difference is greater than the duration occupied by the CP, and the first time difference is less than or equal to the duration of a time unit: K1 is equal to or greater than (N+1), and/or K2 is equal to or greater than (N+1). 如权利要求22-24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于:The method according to any one of claims 22 to 24, characterized in that: 所述K1个时间单元的第一个时间单元和所述K2个时间单元的第一个时间单元之间包括偏移量,所述偏移量用于使所述第一卫星装置的所述K1个第一信号和所述第二卫星装置的所述K2个第二信号分别到达所述终端装置的时间之间的差小于或等于一个时间单元的时长。An offset is included between the first time unit of the K1 time units and the first time unit of the K2 time units, and the offset is used to make the difference between the time when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device respectively arrive at the terminal device less than or equal to the duration of one time unit. 如权利要求22-25任一项所述的方法,其特征在于:The method according to any one of claims 22 to 25, characterized in that: 所述K1个第一信号的起始发送时刻与所述K2个第二信号的起始发送时刻之间的差为第二时间差,所述第二时间差用于使所述第一卫星装置的所述K1个第一信号和所述第二卫星装置的所述K2个第二信号分别到达所述终端装置的时间之间的差小于或等于一个时间单元的时长。The difference between the start sending time of the K1 first signals and the start sending time of the K2 second signals is the second time difference, and the second time difference is used to make the difference between the time when the K1 first signals of the first satellite device and the K2 second signals of the second satellite device respectively arrive at the terminal device less than or equal to the duration of a time unit. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1至14中任一项所述方法的模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising a module for executing the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 14. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器通过逻辑电路或执行计算机程序或指令,以实现如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises at least one processor, wherein the at least one processor implements the method according to any one of claims 1 to 14 through a logic circuit or by executing a computer program or instruction. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收来自其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述至少一个处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发送给其它通信装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, wherein the interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices and transmit them to the at least one processor or send signals from the processor to other communication devices, and the processor is used to implement the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 14 through a logic circuit or executing code instructions. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时,实现如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program or instruction is stored in the storage medium, and when the computer program or instruction is executed by a communication device, the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 14 is implemented. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序包括程序指令,所述程序指令当被计算机执行时,使所述计算机执行如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product stores a computer program, wherein the computer program includes program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by a computer, the computer executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 14. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求15至26中任一项所述方法的模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising a module for executing the method as claimed in any one of claims 15 to 26. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器通过逻辑电路或执行计算机程序或指令,以实现如权利要求15至26中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises at least one processor, wherein the at least one processor implements the method according to any one of claims 15 to 26 through a logic circuit or by executing a computer program or instruction. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收来自其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述至少一个处理器的信号发送给其它通信装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求15至26中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes at least one processor and an interface circuit, wherein the interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices and transmit them to the processor or send signals from the at least one processor to other communication devices, and the processor is used to implement the method as described in any one of claims 15 to 26 through a logic circuit or executing code instructions. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时,实现如权利要求15至26中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program or instruction is stored in the storage medium, and when the computer program or instruction is executed by a communication device, the method as described in any one of claims 15 to 26 is implemented. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序包括程序指令,所述程序指令当被计算机执行时,使所述计算机执行如权利要求15至26中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product stores a computer program, wherein the computer program includes program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by a computer, the computer executes the method as claimed in any one of claims 15 to 26.
PCT/CN2024/132966 2023-11-29 2024-11-19 Channel information determination method and apparatus, and readable storage medium Pending WO2025113249A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202311626703.0 2023-11-29
CN202311626703.0A CN120074987A (en) 2023-11-29 2023-11-29 Channel information determining method and device and readable storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025113249A1 true WO2025113249A1 (en) 2025-06-05

Family

ID=95789917

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2024/132966 Pending WO2025113249A1 (en) 2023-11-29 2024-11-19 Channel information determination method and apparatus, and readable storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN120074987A (en)
WO (1) WO2025113249A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105723671A (en) * 2014-03-05 2016-06-29 华为技术有限公司 Information transmission method, apparatus and device
US20160197712A1 (en) * 2013-08-16 2016-07-07 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Maintaining phase coherence for frequency offset estimation
CN115997357A (en) * 2022-11-29 2023-04-21 北京小米移动软件有限公司 A phase compensation method, device and storage medium

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160197712A1 (en) * 2013-08-16 2016-07-07 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Maintaining phase coherence for frequency offset estimation
CN105723671A (en) * 2014-03-05 2016-06-29 华为技术有限公司 Information transmission method, apparatus and device
CN115997357A (en) * 2022-11-29 2023-04-21 北京小米移动软件有限公司 A phase compensation method, device and storage medium

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MODERATOR (MEDIATEK): "Summary #1 of AI 8.15.1 Enhancements to time and frequency synchronization", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2111375, vol. RAN WG1, 12 November 2021 (2021-11-12), pages 1 - 60, XP052076370 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN120074987A (en) 2025-05-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220393957A1 (en) Timing advance determining method and communication apparatus
US11297585B2 (en) Method and device in communication node used for wireless communication
US12261732B2 (en) Method and device in communication node used for wireless communication
EP3855836B1 (en) Method and apparatus for use in wireless communication node
EP4236495B1 (en) Time synchronization method, electronic device and storage medium
US20210160114A1 (en) Method and device in nodes used for wireless communication
CN113852381B (en) Wireless Transmitter
US9986535B2 (en) Method and system for managing mobile management entity (MME) in a telecommunication network
CN114745776A (en) Clock synchronization method, device, equipment and medium based on wireless network
US20240340050A1 (en) Physical resource block allocation alignment
WO2025113249A1 (en) Channel information determination method and apparatus, and readable storage medium
WO2024087745A1 (en) Method and apparatus of supporting burst arrival time (bat) reporting
CN113541902B (en) Device for use in user equipment
WO2025123737A1 (en) Methods and apparatuses for an optimization of a time window in a lower layer split (lls) radio access network (ran) architecture
US20250203577A1 (en) Reduced latency scheduling request procedures
US20220286256A1 (en) Method and device for wireless communication
US20240306072A1 (en) Proximity service in radio access network
US20240097823A1 (en) Repetition value for uplink communication
WO2025157141A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, readable storage medium, and computer program product
CN120856268A (en) Communication method, device, storage medium and computer program product
CN120021168A (en) A communication method, device, readable storage medium and computer program product
WO2025140011A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and readable storage medium and computer program product
WO2025195332A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2025076699A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, readable storage medium, and computer program product
WO2025167595A1 (en) Transmission parameter determination method and apparatus, and storage medium, chip system and computer program product

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24896340

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1